Renault Master Handbook
Advertisement
Advertisement
MASTER vehicle user manual
Renault partner
Benefit from cutting-edge technology born out of competition to ensure the performance and longevity of your Renault thanks to wide range of engine lubricants developed specially by Renault and Castrol.
Renault recommends renault.fr
Welcome to your new vehicle
This driver’s handbook contains the information necessary:
– for you to familiarise yourself with your vehicle, to use it to its best advantage and to benefit fully from the all the functions and the technical developments it incorporates.
– to ensure that it always gives the best performance by following the simple, but comprehensive advice concerning regular maintenance.
– to enable you to deal quickly with minor faults not requiring specialist attention.
It is well worth taking a few minutes to read this handbook to familiarise yourself with the information and guidelines it contains about the vehicle and its functions and new features. If certain points are still unclear, our Network technicians will be only too pleased to provide you with any additional information.
To help you, you will find the following symbols:
and
These appear in the vehicle and indicate that you should consult the manual for detailed information and/or limits on operations with respect to your vehicle’s equipment.
➥ anywhere in the manual indicates a transfer to a page.
anywhere in the manual indicates a hazard, danger or a safety recommendation.
The descriptions of the models given in this handbook are based on the technical specifications at the time of writing. This handbook covers all items of equipment (both standard and optional) available for these models but whether or not these are fitted to the vehicle depends on the version, options selected and the country where the vehicle is sold.
This handbook may also contain information about items of equipment to be introduced later in the model year.
The diagrams in the user manual are provided as examples.
Enjoy driving your new vehicle.
Translated from French. Copying or translation, in part or in full, is forbidden unless prior written permission has been obtained from the car manufacturer.
0.1
ENG_UD56966_1
Bienvenue (X62 - Renault)
EXTERIOR
Electric windows
Bodywork maintenance
0.2
L
ENG_UD59899_1
L’extérieur (X62 - Renault)
Rear view mirrors
Locking/unlocking the doors
access vehicle ..................................................
(current page) lighting exterior .................................................
(current page) windows .....................................................
(current page) tyres ...........................................................
(current page) fuel filler cap ..............................................
(current page) rear view mirrors ........................................
(current page)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
Adjusting your driving po- sition
Passenger compartment stor-
Rear headrests
Front seats
Front headrests
Child safety
driving position settings.................................................
(current page) seats ..........................................................
(current page) storage/organisation ..................................
(current page) child safety.................................................
(current page) children ......................................................
(current page)
ENG_UD59900_1
L’habitacle (X62 - Renault)
Transporting objects
0.3
DRIVER’S POSITION
Instrument panel
Bonnet release
Steering wheel adjust-
0.4
Trip computer controls
Multimedia screen
Heating/Air conditioning
Telephone charging zone
Cruise control
ENG_UD59901_1
Poste de conduite (X62 - Renault) driver’s position .........................................
(current page) dashboard..................................................
(current page) instrument panel ........................................
(current page) controls ......................................................
(current page)
DRIVING AIDS
ABS (anti-lock braking system)
ESC (electronic stability control)
Braking assistance
Active emergency braking
Hill start assistance
Lane departure warning
Blind spot warning
Stop and Start
driving aids ................................................
(current page) driver assistance........................................
(current page) driving ........................................................
(current page)
Cruise control
Parking distance control ➥ 2.57
ENG_UD59981_1
Aides à la conduite (X62 - Renault)
Reversing camera
Tyre pressure loss warning
0.5
SAFETY ON BOARD
Front Airbags
Inhibiting the front passen- ger airbag
Side Airbags
0.6
airbags .......................................................
(current page) seat belts ...................................................
(current page)
ENG_UD59982_1
Sécurité à bord (X62 - Renault)
IDENTIFYING A VEHICLE - LABELS
Review of a vehicle identification number
Vehicle identification
Technical Information for the emergency services
Engine identification
engine identification ...................................
(current page) vehicle identification ..................................
(current page) vehicle identification plates ........................
(current page) tyre pressure..............................................
(current page)
Tyre pressure labels
0.7
ENG_UD73454_3
L’identification du véhicule - étiquettes (X62 - Renault)
THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT (routine maintenance)
Engine oil filler cap
Engine oil dipstick
Opening the bonnet
0.8
Windscreen washer fluid
ENG_UD59984_1
Compartiment moteur (X62 - Renault)
Coolant level
levels .........................................................
(current page) battery........................................................
(current page)
BREAKDOWN RECOVERY
Replacing windscreen wiper
Replacing headlight bulbs
Front towing point
Replacing rear light bulbs
breakdown recovery ..................................
(current page) wiper blades ..............................................
(current page) puncture.....................................................
(current page) fuses ..........................................................
(current page) towing ........................................................
(current page)
ENG_UD60006_1
Dépannage (X62 - Renault)
Puncture:
Emergency spare
Changing a wheel
0.9
0.10
ENG_UD12870_1
Filler NU (X62 - Renault)
C O N T E N T S
Getting to know your vehicle ...............................
Driving ...................................................................
Your comfort .........................................................
Maintenance .........................................................
Practical advice ....................................................
Technical specifications ......................................
Alphabetical index ...............................................
Sections
0.11
ENG_UD29902_2
Sommaire Général (X95 - B95 - D95 - K95 - E33 - X38 - X62 - X32 - X98 - X07 - Renault)
0.12
ENG_UD56969_1
Filler NU (X62 - Renault)
Section 1: Getting to know your vehicle
1.1
ENG_UD77069_9
Sommaire 1 (NU 1033) (X62 - Renault)
KEY, RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: general information (1/3)
A
3
B
2
1
2
3
1
Radio frequency remote control A
1 Locking all the opening elements.
2 Unlocking all the opening elements.
3 Key for ignition switch, doors and fuel filler cap.
4
Radio frequency remote control B
1 Locking all the opening elements.
2 Unlock the front doors or, depending on the vehicle, all the opening ele- ments.
3 Key for ignition switch, doors and fuel filler cap.
4 Locking/unlocking the luggage com- partment and, depending on the ve- hicle, the sliding side doors.
Driver’s responsibility when parking or stopping the vehicle
Never leave an animal, child or adult who is not self-suffi- cient alone on your vehicle, even for a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves or to others by starting the engine, activating equipment such as the electric windows or locking the doors.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather, please remember that the tempera- ture inside the passenger compart- ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
The key must not be used for any function other than those described in the handbook (removing the cap from a bottle, etc.).
1.2
Advice
Avoid leaving the remote control in hot, cold or humid areas.
ENG_UD62056_2 télécommande à radiofréquence : généralités (X62 - Renault)
Key, remote control keys ...........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) central door locking ...................................
(up to the end of the DU) remote control door locking unit ................
(up to the end of the DU) locking the doors .......................................
(up to the end of the DU)
KEY, RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: general information (2/3)
C
1
2
3
5
D
1
2
3
5
Radio frequency remote control operating range
This varies according to the environ- ment: take care not to lock or unlock the doors by inadvertently pressing the buttons on the remote control.
Note: on certain vehicles, if a door is not opened within approximately two minutes of the door being unlocked by remote control, the doors will lock again automatically.
6
Radio frequency remote control C
1 Locking all the opening elements.
2 Unlocking all the opening elements.
3 Key for ignition switch, doors and fuel filler cap.
5 Locking/unlocking the key insert for remote control C .
To release the insert from its hous- ing, press button 5 , it comes out au- tomatically.
Press button 5 and guide the insert back into its housing.
Radio frequency remote control D
1 Locking all the opening elements.
2 Unlock the front doors or, depending on the vehicle, all the opening ele- ments.
3 Key for ignition switch, doors and fuel filler cap.
5 To release the insert from its hous- ing, press button 5 , it comes out au- tomatically. Press button 5 and guide the insert back into its housing.
6 Locking/unlocking the luggage com- partment and, depending on the ve- hicle, the sliding doors.
Interference
Interference by factors in the imme- diate vicinity (external installations or the use of equipment operating on the same frequency as the remote control) may affect the operation of the remote control.
1.3
ENG_UD62056_2 télécommande à radiofréquence : généralités (X62 - Renault)
KEY, RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: general information (3/3)
E
Hands-free access transmitter/receiver E
This enables the vehicle doors to be locked/unlocked without using the
Replacement, additional remote control or transmitter/receiver
You must only contact an approved
Dealer.
– If you need to replace a remote control, it will be necessary to take the vehicle and all of its keys to an approved Dealer in order to initialise the system.
– Depending on the vehicle, you may use up to four remote controls or two transmitter/receivers.
Remote control unit failure
Make sure that the correct battery type is being used, and that the battery is in good condition and in- serted correctly. These batteries have a service life of approximately two years.
How to change the battery
Driver’s responsibility when parking or stopping the vehicle
Never leave an animal, child or adult who is not self-suffi- cient alone on your vehicle, even for a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves or to others by starting the engine, activating equipment such as the electric windows or locking the doors.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather, please remember that the tempera- ture inside the passenger compart- ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
1.4
ENG_UD62056_2 télécommande à radiofréquence : généralités (X62 - Renault)
KEY, RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: use (1/2)
A B
1
2
1
2
Remote controls A and B are used to lock and unlock the doors.
They are powered by a battery which
Locking the doors
Press locking button 1 . The side indi- cator lights and hazard warning lights confirm the locking by flashing twice .
Note: depending on the vehicle, if a door or the luggage compartment is open or not properly shut, they will lock and unlock in quick succession with- out any flashing of the hazard warning lights and side indicator lights.
Unlocking the doors
Pressing button 2 unlocks the doors and tailgate. The unlocking is con- firmed by one flash of the hazard warn- ing lights and the side indicator lights.
To lock/unlock the doors from the
Driver’s responsibility when parking or stopping the vehicle
Never leave an animal, child or adult who is not self-suffi- cient alone in your vehicle, even for a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves or to others by starting the engine, activating equipment such as the electric windows or locking the doors, for example.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather, please remember that the tempera- ture inside the passenger compart- ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY .
1.5
ENG_UD62057_2 télécommande à radiofréquence : utilisation (X62 - Renault) keys ...........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) central door locking ...................................
(up to the end of the DU) remote control door locking unit ................
(up to the end of the DU) locking the doors .......................................
(up to the end of the DU) radio frequency remote control/key use .......................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
KEY, RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: use (2/2)
C D
1
2
3
Remote controls C and D are used to lock and unlock the doors and the lug- gage compartment.
They are powered by a battery which
Locking the doors
Pressing button 1 locks the doors and tailgate.
A short press on button 3 locks/unlocks the luggage compartment and, de- pending on the vehicle, the sliding side doors.
1
2
3
The side indicator lights and hazard warning lights confirm the locking by flashing twice .
Note: depending on the vehicle, if a door or the luggage compartment is open or not properly shut, they will lock and unlock in quick succession with- out any flashing of the hazard warning lights and side indicator lights.
Unlocking the doors
Briefly pressing button 2 unlocks the front doors or, depending on the vehi- cle, all the doors.
Depending on the vehicle, briefly press- ing button 2 twice in succession un- locks all the doors.
A short press on button 3 locks/unlocks the tailgate and, depending on the ve- hicle, the sliding side doors. The un- locking is confirmed by one flash of the hazard warning lights and the side indicator lights.
The key must not be used for any function other than those described in the handbook (removing the cap from a bottle, etc.).
1.6
ENG_UD62057_2 télécommande à radiofréquence : utilisation (X62 - Renault)
DEADLOCKING
1
1
1
2
2
If fitted to the vehicle, this allows the doors to be locked and prevents them from being opened with the interior handles (for example, by breaking the window and then trying to open the doors from the inside).
To activate deadlocking
Press button 1 twice in quick succes- sion.
The side indicator lights and hazard warning lights flash five times to indi- cate that the doors have locked.
To deactivate deadlocking
Unlock the vehicle using button 2 .
The hazard warning lights and side in- dicator lights flash once to indicate that the doors have unlocked.
Never use deadlocking if someone is still inside the vehicle.
1
2
2
1.7
ENG_UD50749_4
Super condamnation (X61 - X62 - Renault)
Deadlocking central door locking ...................................
(up to the end of the DU) locking the doors .......................................
(up to the end of the DU) deadlocking the doors ...............................
(up to the end of the DU)
HANDS-FREE ACCESS TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER: use (1/2)
1
2 2
For vehicles equipped with transmitter/ receiver 1 , in addition to the functions of the remote control, it can be used to lock/unlock without using the remote control locking unit when it is in access zone 2 .
Note: the hands-free access transmitter/receiver only works with the front doors and the tailgate.
2
It is powered by a battery which can be
Driver’s responsibility when parking or stopping the vehicle
Never leave an animal, child or adult who is not self-suffi- cient alone on your vehicle, even for a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves or to others by starting the engine, activating equipment such as the electric windows or locking the doors.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather, please remember that the tempera- ture inside the passenger compart- ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
1.8
Hands-free access transmitter/receiver central door locking ...................................
(up to the end of the DU) unlocking the doors ...................................
(up to the end of the DU) locking the doors .......................................
(up to the end of the DU) handsfree...................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD56974_1
Badge accès mains libres (X62 - Renault)
HANDS-FREE ACCESS TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER: use (2/2)
2 2
3
4
2
Interference
Interference by factors in the imme- diate vicinity (external installations or the use of equipment operating on the same frequency as the remote control) may affect the operation of the remote control.
Unlocking the vehicle
With the transmitter/receiver in one of the access zones 2 , press button 3 or 4 : all of the doors will unlock.
The hazard warning lights confirm the unlocking of the doors by flashing once .
Locking the vehicle
With the transmitter/receiver in one of the access zones 2 , press button 3 or 4 : all of the doors will lock.
The hazard warning lights confirm the locking of the doors by illuminating for 4 seconds .
Note: when a door or the tailgate is open or is not properly closed, all of the doors and the tailgate lock/unlock quickly without the hazard warning lights flashing.
1.9
ENG_UD56974_1
Badge accès mains libres (X62 - Renault)
LOCKING, UNLOCKING THE DOORS (1/2)
If the remote control does not work
In some cases , the radio frequency remote control may not work:
– radio frequency remote control bat- tery worn out or vehicle battery dis- charged, etc.
– due to the use of electronic devices near to the remote control (e.g. mobile telephone);
– vehicle located in a high electromag- netic radiation zone.
It is then possible:
– to use the key integrated in the radio frequency remote control to unlock the front left-hand door;
– to lock each of the doors manually;
– to use the interior door locking/un- locking control (refer to the following pages).
Manual control
1
Using the key
Lock or unlock the doors equipped with locks by inserting the key fully into lock 1 , then turning it.
2
Locking the doors manually
Turn screw 2 with the door open (using the end of the key) and close the door.
This means that the doors are then locked from the outside.
The doors may then only be opened from inside the vehicle or with the key for the front doors.
1.10
Locking, unlocking the doors central door locking ...................................
(up to the end of the DU) unlocking the doors ...................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD59477_2
Verrouillage/déverrouillage des portes (X62 - Renault)
LOCKING, UNLOCKING THE DOORS (2/2)
3
Locking the opening elements without the remote control
With the engine off, the rear doors closed and a front door open, , press switch 3 for more than five seconds.
Make sure you have your key with you before you leave your vehicle.
When the door is closed, all the doors and tailgate will be locked.
Unlocking the driver’s door from out- side the vehicle is only possible with the key or the remote control.
Interior locking/unlocking door control
The switch 3 simultaneously controls all the doors.
If a door or the tailgate is open or not closed properly, the doors and tailgate lock/unlock quickly.
Doors and tailgate status indicator light
When the ignition is on, the 3 switch warning light indicates the locking status of the opening elements:
– indicator light on, the doors and tailgate are locked;
– light off, the doors and tailgate are unlocked.
When the ignition is off, the indicator light remains lit and then goes out when you lock the doors.
Locking the doors with the tailgate open
To lock the vehicle leaving a door open
(e.g. when transporting something in the luggage compartment which pre- vents it from being closed), or when the vehicle is located in a zone of high electromagnetic radiation, or if the key is faulty: with the engine switched off, press and hold switch 3 for more than five seconds.
Driver’s responsibility
If you decide to keep the doors locked when you are driving, remember that it may be more difficult for those assisting you to gain access to the passenger compartment in the event of an emergency.
Never leave your vehicle with the key, remote con- trol or transmitter/receiver inside.
1.11
ENG_UD59477_2
Verrouillage/déverrouillage des portes (X62 - Renault)
RAID (AUTOMATIC LOCKING WHEN DRIVING)
1
Activating/deactivating the function
To activate it : with the ignition on, press switch 1 for approximately five seconds until you hear a beep. The switch indicator light comes on when the doors are locked.
To deactivate it : with the ignition on, press switch 1 for approximately five seconds until you hear a beep. The warning light goes out.
Operating faults
If you experience an operating fault
(no automatic locking, switch indica- tor light 1 does not light up when trying to lock the opening elements etc.), first check that the opening elements are properly closed. If they are properly closed and the fault is still present, con- tact an approved Dealer.
Also make sure that locking has not been inadvertently deactivated.
If it has, switch the ignition off and on again and reactivate it.
You can decide whether you want to activate this function.
Operating principle
After the vehicle is started, the system automatically locks the opening ele- ments once your speed reaches ap- proximately 4 mph (7 km/h).
The door can be unlocked:
– by pressing the central door unlock- ing switch 1 ;
– at a standstill, by opening a front door from inside the vehicle.
Driver’s responsibility
If you decide to keep the doors locked when you are driving, remember that it may be more difficult for those assisting you to gain access to the passenger compartment in the event of an emergency.
1.12
ENG_UD59478_2 condamnation automatique des ouvrants en roulage (X62 - Renault) central door locking ...................................
(current page) locking the doors .......................................
(current page)
RENAULT ANTI-INTRUDER DEVICE
(RAID) ........................................................
(current page)
FRONT DOORS (1/2)
5
1
2
3
4
Opening the doors from the outside
Unlock a door equipped with lock 2 using the key.
Vehicles with a remote control
Pull handle 1 .
Vehicles with a transmitter/receiver
Press button 3 and pull handle 1 .
Closing from the outside
Push the door. Use the key in lock 2 to lock it, or use the remote control or the hands-free access transmitter/receiver by pressing button 3 .
Opening from the inside
Pull handle 4 and open the door.
Closing from the inside
Pull the door using only handle 5 .
Note: do not use the handle 4 to close the door.
As a safety precaution, the doors should only be opened or closed when the vehicle is stationary.
1.13
ENG_UD56977_1 portes avant (X62 - Renault)
Doors warning buzzer ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU) doors..........................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
FRONT DOORS (2/2)
Lights-on reminder buzzer
If you have switched off the ignition and left the lights switched on, a reminder buzzer will sound when a door is opened.
Driver’s responsibility when parking or stopping the vehicle
Never leave an animal, child or adult who is not self-sufficient alone on your vehicle, even for a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves or to others by starting the engine, activating equipment such as the electric windows or by locking the doors.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather, please remember that the temperature inside the passenger compartment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
1.14
ENG_UD56977_1 portes avant (X62 - Renault)
SLIDING SIDE DOOR (1/2)
1
2
3
Opening the doors from the outside
Unlock the lock with the key or with the remote control, if the vehicle is equipped with this function.
Pull handle 1 towards you and slide the door towards the rear.
Note: the transmitter/receiver does not work on the sliding side door (no button on the handle).
Opening from the inside
Pull lever 2 towards the rear and open the sliding door until it locks into posi- tion.
Closing from the outside
Pull handle 1 and slide the door to- wards the front of the vehicle until it closes completely. Lock with the key or using the remote control.
Closing from the inside
Pull lever 2 towards the front and close the door until it latches.
Manual locking from inside
Lower button 3 .
As a safety precaution, the doors should only be opened or closed when the vehicle is stationary.
1.15
ENG_UD12814_1 portes latérales coulissantes (X62 - Renault) central door locking ...................................
(up to the end of the DU) locking the doors .......................................
(up to the end of the DU)
SLIDING SIDE DOOR (2/2)
4
Child locks
With the door open, turn lever 4 and close the door.
This means that the door is then locked from the inside.
The door can only be opened from the outside of the vehicle.
Recommendations concerning the sliding side door.
Care must be taken when opening or closing the sliding door, as is the case for any of the opening elements on the vehicle:
– Check that the door will not come into contact with any person, part of the body, animal or object.
– Only use the handles on the inside and outside of the door to operate it.
– Take care when opening and closing the door.
– Take particular care when the ve- hicle is parked on a slope: open or close the door fully until it latches into its locking position.
– Before moving off, always ensure that the sliding door is properly closed.
1.16
ENG_UD12814_1 portes latérales coulissantes (X62 - Renault)
REAR DOORS (1/2)
5
1
2
3
4
1
6
7
Opening the doors from the outside
Unlock lock 1 using the key or, on equipped vehicles, use the remote control or the hands-free access remote control by pressing button door.
3 . Pull handle 2 towards you and open the
Do not leave the hinged rear doors open in case of strong winds. Risk of injury .
Pull the lever 4 to open the door.
If the vehicle is parked on the hard shoulder with tailgate open, the rear lights may be obscured. You should make other road users aware of your vehicle by using a warning triangle or other equipment specified by the road traffic regulations of the country you are driving in.
Opening the doors to 180°
Open the door, but not fully.
Remove tie rod 7 from its housing 5 .
Lock the tie rod on the hook 6 .
Open the door as far as possible.
For your safety, check that all the vehicle’s doors are properly closed before starting the engine.
1.17
ENG_UD56979_1 portes arrière (X62 - Renault) central door locking ...................................
(up to the end of the DU) doors..........................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
REAR DOORS (2/2)
8
A
9
4
B
10
A
11
B
Opening the doors to 270°
Remove the check-strap from its hous- ing as when opening to 180°. Open the door fully until the magnets 8 make contact.
Closing from the outside
Partially close the left-hand door, then slam it shut.
Then repeat this with the right-hand door.
Lock.
Opening from the inside
Lower lever 9 and push door A .
Push lever 4 and open door B .
For your safety, check that all the vehicle’s doors are properly closed before starting the engine.
Closing from the inside
Partially close door B , then slam it shut.
Do the same with door A using handle 10 .
Locking/unlocking
Turn button 11 .
1.18
ENG_UD56979_1 portes arrière (X62 - Renault)
HEADRESTS
1
A
2
B
To raise the headrest
Simply slide it up.
To lower the headrest
Press tab 1 and lower it at the same time.
To remove the headrest
Raise the headrest then press tabs 1 and 2 to release it.
To refit the headrest
Insert the rods into the holes, with the notches to the front, and lower the headrest to the desired height by pressing tab 1 .
Adjusting the angle of the headrest
(depending on the vehicle)
Move section B towards or away from you to the required position.
The headrest is an important safety component: ensure that it is in place and in the correct position. The distance between your head and the headrest and the distance between the head and section A should be as small as possible.
1.19
ENG_UD56981_1
Appuis-tête (X62 - Renault)
Headrests headrest.....................................................
(current page)
FRONT SEATS (1/3)
1
A
2
3
Heated seats
(depending on the vehicle)
With the ignition on , press switch 5 .
The integrated indicator comes on.
4
5
Adjusting seat A
To move forwards or backwards
Lift handle 1 to release. Release the handle once the seat is in the correct position and ensure that the seat is locked.
To adjust the height of the seat base
Lower or pull lever 2 as many times as is necessary to raise or lower the seat base.
Lumbar adjustment
(depending on the vehicle)
Turn control knob 3 to increase or decrease support.
To tilt the seatback
Move lever 4 .
After making adjustments, make sure that the seatbacks are correctly locked in place.
1.20
ENG_UD73459_2
Sièges avant (X62 - Renault)
For safety reasons, carry out any adjustments when the vehicle is not being driven.
We would advise you not to recline the seatbacks too far to ensure that the effectiveness of the seat belts is not reduced.
Nothing should be placed on the floor (area in front of driver) as such objects may slide under the pedal during braking manoeuvres, thus obstructing its use.
Front seats front seat adjustment .................................
(current page) front seats ..................................................
(current page) heated seats ..............................................
(current page)
FRONT SEATS (2/3)
7
B
6
11
10
9 8
12 13
Adjusting seat B with suspension
To move forwards or backwards
Lift handle 11 to release. Release the handle once the seat is in the correct position and ensure that the seat is locked.
To tilt the seatback
Lower or pull control 7 towards you.
To adjust the height of the seat base
Move control 9 to adjust the rear of the seat base or control 10 to adjust the front of the seat base.
Lumbar adjustment
Activate bulb 12 to make it firmer.
Press switch 13 to make it less firm.
To adjust the seat suspension
Turn control knob 6 to the right to stiffen the suspension and to the left to reduce it.
Heated seats
(depending on the vehicle)
With the ignition on , press switch 8 .
The integrated indicator comes on.
The system, which has a thermostat, decides whether or not the heating is needed.
1.21
ENG_UD73459_2
Sièges avant (X62 - Renault)
FRONT SEATS (3/3)
C
16 15
14
17
22 21
18
19
20
Adjusting the pivoting seat C
To move the seat forwards or back
Move handle 15 to unlock it. Release the handle once the seat is in the correct position and ensure that the seat is locked.
To move the seat forwards or back
Lift handle 18 to move the seat base forwards or back.
To tilt the seatback
Lower or pull handle 14 towards you.
Adjusting the angle of the seat base
Move handle 16 to adjust the angle of the seat base.
Adjusting the height of the armrests
Turn control knob 17 or 19 .
Lumbar adjustment
Activate bulb 22 to make it firmer.
Press switch 21 to make it less firm.
To pivot the seats
– Detach the seat belt buckle from its unit;
– raise the armrests;
– move the seat as far back as possi- ble;
– adjust the seat base to its lowest po- sition;
– adjust the seatback to the vertical position;
– open the door;
– lift handle 20 and pivot the seat to unlock it from its “forward-facing” po- sition, then release handle 20 .
Returning to the driving position
– Pivot the seat to the “forward facing” position;
– make sure the seat is correctly locked in position;
– adjust the seat to your driving position.
ning.
The “rear facing” seat position should only be used when the vehicle is stationary and the engine not run-
1.22
ENG_UD73459_2
Sièges avant (X62 - Renault)
SEAT BELTS (1/5)
Always wear your seat belt when trav- elling in your vehicle. You must also comply with the legislation of the par- ticular country you are in.
Seat belts which are incor- rectly adjusted or twisted may cause injuries in the event of an accident.
Use one seat belt per person, whether child or adult.
Even pregnant women should wear a seat belt. In this case, ensure that the lap belt is not exerting too much pressure on the abdomen, but do not allow any slack.
Before starting, first adjust your driving position, then ask all occupants to adjust their seat belts to ensure optimum protection.
Adjusting your driving position
– Sit well back in your seat (having removed your coat or jacket etc.).
This is essential to ensure your back is positioned correctly;
– adjust the distance between the seat and the pedals.
Your seat should be as far back as possible while still allowing you to fully de- press the pedals. The seatback should be adjusted so that your arms are slightly bent when you hold the steering wheel;
– adjust the position of your head- rest.
For maximum safety, your head must be as close as possible to the headrest;
– adjust the height of the seat.
This adjustment allows you to select the seat position which offers you the best possible view.
– adjust the position of the steering wheel.
1
2
Adjusting the seat belts
Sit with your back firmly against the seatback.
Shoulder strap 1 should be as close as possible to the base of the neck but not on it.
Lap belt 2 should be worn flat over the thighs and against the pelvis.
The belt should be worn so that it is as close as possible to your body, i.e.: avoid wearing heavy clothing or keeping bulky objects under the belts, etc.
1.23
ENG_UD76506_5
Ceintures de sécurité (X62 - Renault)
Seat belts seat belts ...................................................
(up to the end of the DU) adjusting your driving position ...................
(current page) adjusting the seats.....................................
(current page)
SEAT BELTS (2/5)
5
3
1
5
4
Locking
Unwind the belt slowly and smoothly and ensure that buckle 3 locks into catch 5 (check that it is locked by pulling on buckle 3 ).
If the belt jams, allow it to return slightly before attempting to unwind it again.
If your seat belt is completely jammed, pull slowly, but firmly so that just over
3 cm unwinds. Allow it to return slightly before attempting to unwind it again.
If there is still a problem, contact an ap- proved dealer.
Unfastening
Press button 4 and the seat belt will be rewound by the inertia reel. Guide the belt.
ß Driver’s seat belt reminder and, depending on the vehicle, front passenger seat belt reminder
This appears on the central display 6 when the ignition is switched on and if the driver’s and/or front passenger’s seat belt(s) (if the passenger seat is oc- cupied) is not fastened.
Depending on the vehicle, if the seat is occupied and one of these seat belts is not fastened or becomes unfastened while the vehicle is moving at a speed over approximately 12 mph (20 km/h), the
ß
warning light flashes and a beep sounds:
– for around 120 seconds on versions fitted with one front seat;
– until the seat belt is fastened again on versions fitted with two front seats.
6
Note: an object placed on the passen- ger seat may activate the warning light in some cases, depending on the ve- hicle.
1.24
ENG_UD76506_5
Ceintures de sécurité (X62 - Renault)
SEAT BELTS (3/5)
7
Rear seat belt reminder (depending on the vehicle)
The 7 warning light is displayed on the instrument panel when the ignition is switched on. This informs the driver of the fastening status of the rear seat belts every time:
– the ignition is switched on;
– a door is opened;
– a rear seat belt is fasted or unfas- tened.
Understanding the graphic 7 :
– white symbol: seatbelt fastened;
– black symbol: seatbelt unfastened.
When the vehicle speed is below ap- proximately 12 mph (20 km/h), the graphic 7 appears during approximately
60 seconds every time one of the rear seat belts is fastened or unfastened.
When the vehicle speed reaches or ex- ceeds 12 mph (20 km/h), if one of the rear seat belts is unfastened during the journey:
– the
ß
warning light flashes on the central display; and
– a beep sounds for around 30 sec- onds; and
– the 7 symbol is displayed for at least
60 seconds and the symbol for the seat concerned changes to black.
Always make sure that the rear passen- gers are properly fastened in and that the number of seat belts indicated cor- responds to the number of rear seats occupied.
1.25
ENG_UD76506_5
Ceintures de sécurité (X62 - Renault)
SEAT BELTS (4/5)
8
A
9
10
Adjusting the height of the front seat belts
Use button 8 to adjust the seat belt height so that the shoulder strap is worn as shown previously.
Press button 8 and raise or lower the seat belt.
Make sure that the seat belt is locked in position correctly after you have ad- justed it.
Seat with armrest(s)
Ensure the seat belt is passed under- neath armrest 9 , check that buckle 3 is fastened in catch 5 .
Lower armrest 9 on the door side
(movement A ).
Unwind the belt slowly and smoothly .
Pass the lap belt under armrest 10 and the shoulder strap over armrest 10 .
Make sure the buckle locks into the catch (check that it is locked by pulling on the buckle).
1.26
ENG_UD76506_5
Ceintures de sécurité (X62 - Renault)
SEAT BELTS (5/5)
– No modification may be made to the component parts of the restraint system – belts and seats and their mountings
– fitted originally. For special operations (e.g. fitting child seats) contact an approved Dealer.
– Do not use devices which allow any slack in the belts (e.g. clothes pegs, clips, etc.) as a seat belt which is worn too loosely may cause injury in the event of an accident.
– Never wear the shoulder strap under your arm or behind your back.
– Never use the same belt for more than one person and never hold a baby or child on your lap with your seat belt around them.
– The belt should never be twisted.
– Following an accident, have the seat belts checked and replaced if necessary. Always replace your seat belts as soon as they show any signs of wear.
– Make sure that the buckle is inserted into the appropriate catch.
– Ensure that no objects are placed in the area around the seat belt catch as they could prevent it from being properly se- cured.
– Make sure the seat belt catch is properly positioned (it should not be hidden away, crushed or flattened by people or ob- jects).
ENG_UD76506_5
Ceintures de sécurité (X62 - Renault)
1.27
REAR SEAT BELTS (1/2)
1
6 1
2 3
4
5
Rear seat belts with inertia reel 1
Locking
Unwind the belt slowly and smoothly and ensure that buckle 2 locks into catch 3 (check that it is locked by pulling on buckle 2 ).
3 2
Unfastening
Press the button on catch 3 and the seat belt will be rewound by the inertia reel. Guide the belt.
Check that the rear seat belts are positioned and operating correctly each time the rear seats are moved.
Lap belts with manual adjustment 5
The strap should be worn flat over your thighs and against your pelvis.
The belt should be worn so that it is as close as possible to your body, i.e. avoid wearing heavy clothing or keeping bulky objects under the belts, etc.
To tighten, pull on free section 6 of the belt.
To slacken, turn adjusting buckle 4 so it is at 90 degrees to the belt and press the buckle while pulling lap belt 5 .
Seat belts which are incorrectly adjusted or twisted may cause injuries in the event of an accident.
Use one seat belt per person, whether child or adult.
Even pregnant women should wear a seat belt. In this case, ensure that the lap belt is not exerting too much pressure on the abdomen, but do not allow any slack.
1.28
ENG_UD59480_3
Ceintures de sécurité arrière (X62 - Renault)
REAR SEAT BELTS (2/2)
A
Special note for versions fitted with a rear bench seat with three seats.
This version differs in that it has rear seatbelts and headrests on the rear side seats only. Never seat a passen- ger in the centre seat area.
The A label informs you that it is prohib- ited to seat passengers in areas other than the seats provided.
Check that the rear seat belts are positioned and operating correctly each time the rear seats are moved.
ENG_UD59480_3
Ceintures de sécurité arrière (X62 - Renault)
1.29
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (1/5)
Depending on the vehicle, they are composed of:
– seat belt pretensioners;
– chest-level load limiters;
– airbags driver and passenger front.
These systems are designed to act independently or together when the vehicle is subjected to a frontal impact.
Depending on the severity of the impact, the system can trigger:
– seat belt locking;
– the seat belt seat belt pretensioner to hold the occupant in the seat, and the force limiter;
– the front airbag .
Pretensioners
The pretensioners hold the seat belt against the body, holding the occupant more securely against the seat, thus in- creasing the seat belt’s efficiency.
With the ignition switched on, if the vehicle is subject to a significant fron- tal impact the system may, depending on the severity of the impact, trigger a piston which instantly retracts the belt.
– Have the entire restraint system checked following an accident.
– No operation whatso- ever is permitted on any part of the system (pretensioners, airbags, computers, wiring) and the system components must not be reused on any other vehicle, even if identical.
– Only qualified personnel from our
Network may work on the airbags; otherwise the system may trigger accidentally and cause injury.
– The electric trigger system may only be tested by a specially trained technician using special equipment.
– When the vehicle is scrapped, contact an approved dealer for disposal of the pretensioner and airbags gas generators.
The passenger airbag protects the front passenger(s) (depending on whether there is a conventional seat or a bench seat in the front).
Load limiter
Above a certain level of impact force, this mechanism is used to limit the force of the belt against the body so that it is at an acceptable level.
1.30
ENG_UD59482_2 dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X62 - Renault)
Methods of restraint in addition to the front seat belts air bag........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) methods of restraint in addition to the front seat belts ...................................................
(up to the end of the DU) seat belt pretensioners front seat belt .......................................
(up to the end of the DU)
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (2/5) driver and passenger front
Airbags
They are fitted to the front seats on the driver’s side and, depending on the ve- hicle, on the passenger’s side as well.
Depending on the vehicle the “airbag” marking on the steering wheel and the dashboard (airbag A area) indicates that this device is fitted.
Each airbag system consists of:
– an airbag and gas generator fitted on the steering wheel for the driver and in the dashboard for the passenger;
Operation
This system is only operational when the ignition is switched on.
If a severe frontal impact occurs, the airbag(s) inflate(s) rapidly, cushion- ing the impact of the driver’s head and chest against the steering wheel and the front passenger’s head against the dashboard. the air bag(s) then deflate immediately after the impact to prevent the occupants from being impeded in any way when leaving the vehicle.
A
– an electronic unit for system monitoring which controls the gas generator electrical trigger system;
– a special
å
tell-tale light;
– remote sensors.
Operating faults
å
This indicator light comes on when the ignition or the engine is switched on and goes off after a few seconds.
If it does not light up when the ignition is switched on, or if it lights up when the engine is running, it indicates a fault in the system.
Contact your approved Dealer as soon as possible.
Your protection will be reduced until this fault is rectified.
The air bag system uses pyrotechnic principles. This explains why, when the air bag inflates, it will generate heat, produce smoke (this does not mean that a fire is about to start) and make a noise upon detonation.
In a situation where an air bag is required, it will inflate immediately and this may cause some minor, superficial grazing to the skin or other problems.
1.31
ENG_UD59482_2 dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X62 - Renault)
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (3/5)
The following conditions will trigger the pretensioners or airbags.
In a frontal impact against a rigid
(non-deformable) surface at an impact speed equal to or greater than 16 mph
(25 km/h) .
In the event of a frontal impact with another vehicle of an equivalent or higher category, with an impact area equal to or greater than 40%, where the speed of both vehicles is equal to or greater than 35 mph (56 km/h).
In a side impact with another vehicle of an equivalent or higher category, at an impact speed equal to or greater than 31 mph (50 km/h) .
1.32
ENG_UD59482_2 dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X62 - Renault)
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (4/5)
In the following examples, the pre- tensioners or the airbags could op- erate:
– impact under vehicle such as pave- ment;
– potholes;
– a fall or a hard landing;
– stones;
– ...
In the following examples, there is a risk that pretensioners or airbags may not be triggered:
– rear impact, however severe;
– the vehicle overturning;
– side impact to the front or rear of the vehicle;
– frontal impact against an obstacle with a sharp angle;
– ...
1.33
ENG_UD59482_2 dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X62 - Renault)
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (5/5)
All of the warnings below are given so that the airbag is not obstructed in any way when it is inflated and also to prevent the risk of serious injuries caused by items which may be dislodged when it inflates.
Warnings concerning the driver’s airbag
– Do not modify the steering wheel or the steering wheel boss.
– Do not cover the steering wheel boss under any circumstances.
– Do not attach any objects (badge, logo, clock, telephone holder, etc.) to the steering wheel boss.
– The steering wheel must not be removed (except by qualified personnel from our Network).
– Do not drive too close to the steering wheel: adopt a driving position whereby your arms are slightly folded
allow sufficient space for the airbag to deploy correctly and be fully effective.
Warnings concerning the passenger airbag
– Do not attach or glue any objects (badge, logo, clock, telephone holder, etc.) to the dashboard on or near the airbag.
– Do not place anything between the dashboard and the passenger (pet, umbrella, walking stick, parcels, etc.).
– The passenger must not put his or her feet on the dashboard or seat as there is a risk that serious injuries may occur. In general, parts of the body should be kept away from the dashboard (knees, hands, head, etc.).
– The devices in addition to the front passenger seat belt should be reactivated as soon as a child seat is removed, to ensure the protection of the passenger in the event of an impact.
A CHILD SEAT MUST NOT BE FITTED TO THE FRONT PASSENGER SEAT UNLESS THE
FRONT PASSENGER SEATBELT ADDITIONAL SYSTEMS ARE DEACTIVATED
.
1.34
child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD59482_2 dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X62 - Renault)
SIDE PROTECTION DEVICES
Side air bags
These air bags may be fitted to the front seats and are deployed at the sides of the seats (door side) to protect the occupants in the event of a severe side impact.
Depending on the vehicle, a marking on the windscreen informs you of the presence of additional means of restraint (air bags, pretensioners, etc.) in the passenger compartment.
These air bags operate through slits in the front seatbacks (door side): never insert any objects in these slits.
Warnings concerning the side air bag
– Fitting seat covers: seats equipped with an airbag require covers specifically designed for your vehicle. Contact an authorised dealer to find out if these covers are available. The use of any covers other than those designed for your vehicle (including those designed for another vehicle) may affect the operation of these airbags and reduce your protection.
– Do not place any accessories, objects or even pets between the seatback, the door and the internal fittings. Do not cover the seatback with any items such as clothes or accessories. This may prevent the air bag from operating correctly or cause injury when the air bag is deployed.
– No work or modification whatsoever may be carried out on the seat or internal fittings, except by qualified personnel from an approved dealer.
– The area between the rear bench seatback and the trim is the area of airbag operation: Never place any objects here.
1.35
ENG_UD20060_5
Dispositifs de protection latérale (S65 - B65 - C65 - X62 - Renault)
Side protection devices air bag........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) seat belts ...................................................
(up to the end of the DU) additional systems to the seat belts...........
(up to the end of the DU)
ADDITIONAL METHODS OF RESTRAINT
All of the warnings below are given so that the air bag is not obstructed in any way when it is inflated and also to prevent the risk of serious injuries caused by items which may be dislodged when the air bag inflates.
The air bag is designed to complement the action of the seat belt. Both the air bags and seat belts are integral parts of the same protection system. It is therefore essential to wear seat belts at all times. If seat belts are not worn, the occupants are exposed to the risk of serious injury in the event of an accident. It may also increase the risk of minor superficial injuries occurring when the air bag is deployed, although such minor injuries are always possible with air bags.
If the vehicle should overturn or suffer a rear impact, however severe, the pretensioners and air bags are not always triggered. Shocks to the underbody of the vehicle, e.g. from pavements, potholes or stones, can all trigger these systems.
– No work or modification whatsoever may be carried out on any part of the air bag system (air bags, pretensioners, computer, wiring harness, etc.), except by qualified personnel from an approved dealer.
– To ensure that the system is in good working order and to avoid accidental triggering of the system which may cause injury, only qualified Network personnel may work on the air bag system.
– As a safety precaution, have the air bag system checked if your vehicle has been involved in an accident, or is stolen or broken into.
– When selling or lending the vehicle, inform the user of these points and hand over this driver’s handbook with the vehicle.
– When scrapping your vehicle, contact your approved dealer for disposal of the gas generator(s).
1
Operating faults
Indicator light 1 ,
å after a few seconds.
, lights up when the ignition is switched on and goes out
If it does not light up when the ignition is switched on, or comes on when the engine is running, there is a fault in the system.
Contact your approved dealer as soon as possible. Your protection will be reduced until this fault is rectified.
1.36
ENG_UD56987_1
Dispositifs de retenu complémentaires (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SAFETY: General information (1/2)
Carrying children
Please ensure that you comply with the legislation of your country.
Children, and adults, must be correctly seated and strapped in for all journeys.
The children being carried in your vehi- cle are your responsibility.
A child is not a miniature adult. Children are at risk of specific injuries as their muscles and bones have not yet fin- ished growing. The seat belt alone would not provide suitable protection.
Use an approved child seat and ensure you use it correctly.
To prevent the doors being opened, use the “Child lock” feature
A collision at 31 mph
(50 km/ h) is the same as falling a distance of
10 metres. Transporting a child without a restraint is the equivalent of allowing him or her to play on a fourth-floor balcony without railings.
Never travel with a child held in your arms. In the event of an accident, you will not be able to keep hold of the child, even if you yourself are wearing a seat belt.
If your vehicle has been involved in a road accident, replace the child seat and have the seat belts and
ISOFIX anchorage points checked.
Driver’s responsibility when parking or stopping the vehicle
Never leave an animal, child or adult who is not self-suffi- cient alone on your vehicle, even for a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves or to others by starting the engine, activating equipment such as the electric windows or by locking the doors.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather, please remember that the tempera- ture inside the passenger compart- ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
1.37
ENG_UD76519_2
Sécurité enfants : généralités (X62 - Renault)
Child safety: General information child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) children ......................................................
(up to the end of the DU) child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) child safety.................................................
(up to the end of the DU) child seats..................................................
(up to the end of the DU) child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) transporting children ..................................
(up to the end of the DU)
CHILD SAFETY: General information (2/2)
Using a child seat
The level of protection offered by the child seat depends on its ability to restrain your child and on its installation.
Incorrect installation compromises the protection it offers the child in the event of harsh braking or an impact.
Before purchasing a child seat, check that it complies with the regulations for the country you are in and that it can be fitted in your vehicle. Consult an ap- proved dealer to find out which seats are recommended for your vehicle.
The regulations on transporting chil- dren are specific to each country. The use of a child seat during transport de- pends on the age and/or the size and/ or weight of the child. For children who do not need to be transported in a child seat, make sure that the seat belt is correctly adjusted and fastened. In all cases, you must comply with the regu- lations of the particular country you are in.
Before fitting a child seat, read the manual and respect its instructions. If you experience any difficulties during installation, contact the manufacturer of the equipment. Keep the instructions with the seat.
Set a good example by always fas- tening your seat belt and teaching your child:
– to strap themselves in correctly;
– to always get in and out of the car at the kerb, away from busy traf- fic.
Do not use a second-hand child seat or one without an instruction manual.
Check that there are no objects in the vicinity of the child seat which could impede its operation.
1.38
Never leave a child unat- tended in the vehicle.
Check that your child is always strapped in and that the belt or safety harness used is correctly set and adjusted. Avoid wearing bulky clothing which could cause the belts to slacken.
Never let your child put their head or arms out of the window.
Check that the child is in the correct position for the entire journey, espe- cially if asleep.
ENG_UD76519_2
Sécurité enfants : généralités (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SAFETY: choosing a child seat
Rear-facing child seats
A baby’s head is, proportionally, heavier than that of an adult and its neck is very fragile. Transport the child in this po- sition for as long as possible (until the age of 2 at the very least). It supports both the head and the neck.
Choose a bucket type seat for best side protection and change it as soon as the child’s head is higher than the shell.
Forward-facing child seats
Up to 18 kg or 4 years, the child may travel on a forward-facing seat. Choose your seat according the child’s size: their head and abdomen are the areas which must be most protected. A for- ward-facing child seat which is firmly attached to the vehicle will reduce the risk of impact to the head. Ensure your child travels in a forward-facing seat with a harness for as long as their size permits.
Choose a bucket type seat for optimum side protection.
Booster cushions
From 15 kg or 4 years, the child can travel using a booster seat, which will enable the seat belt to be adapted to suit his size and shape. The booster seat cushion must be fitted with guides to position the seat belt on the child’s thighs rather than the stomach. It is recommended that you use a seat- back which can be adjusted in terms of height to position the seat belt in the centre of the shoulder. It must never rest on the neck or on the arm.
Choose a bucket type seat for optimum side protection.
1.39
ENG_UD62317_2
Sécurité enfants : choix du siège enfant (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SAFETY: choosing a child, baby seat mounting (1/2)
There are two ways of attaching child seats: via the seat belt or using the
ISOFIX system.
Check that the child seat has not been installed at an angle and that it is not resting against a window.
Attachment via the seat belt
The seat belt must be adjusted to ensure that it is effective in the event of harsh braking or an impact.
Ensure that the strap paths indicated by the child seat manufacturer are respected.
Always check that the seat belt is correctly fastened by pulling it up, then pulling it out fully whilst pressing on the child seat.
Check that the seat is correctly held by moving it from side to side and back to front: the seat should remain firmly fixed.
The seat belt must never be twisted or the tension relieved. Never pass the shoulder strap under the arm or behind the back.
Check that the seat belt has not been damaged by sharp edges.
If the seat belt does not operate normally, it will not protect the child.
Consult an approved dealer. Do not use this seat until the seat belt has been repaired.
Attachment using the ISOFIX system
Authorised ISOFIX child seats are ap- proved in accordance with current reg- ulations if any of the three cases below applies:
– universal ISOFIX 3-point forward- facing seat;
– semi-universal ISOFIX 2-point seat;
– specific.
For the latter two, check that your child seat can be installed by consulting the list of compatible vehicles.
Attach the child seat with the ISOFIX locks, if these are provided. The ISOFIX system allows quick, easy, safe fitting.
The ISOFIX system consists of 2 rings and, in some cases, a third ring.
Do not use the child seat if it may unfasten the seat belt restraining it: the base of the seat must not rest on the buckle and/or catch of the seat belt.
No modifications may be made to the component parts of the restraint system
(ISOFIX seat belts, seats and their mountings) originally fitted.
Before using an ISOFIX child seat that you purchased for another vehicle, check that its installation is authorised. Consult the list of vehicles which can be fitted with the seat from the equipment manufacturer.
1.40
ENG_UD56990_1
Sécurité enfants : fixation du siège enfant (X62 - Renault) choosing a child seat mounting
CHILD SAFETY: choosing a child, baby seat mounting (2/2)
1 2
3
4 Check that the seatback of the forward-facing child seat is in contact with the back of the vehicle seat.
In this case, the child seat may not always rest on the base of the vehicle seat.
The two rings 1 are located between the seatback and the seat base of the seat and are identified by a
ü
symbol.
The third ring is used to attach the upper strap on some child seats.
– Place the headrest in the top position or remove it;
– pass the belt 2 (supplied with the seat) between the two rear headrest rods;
– the hook 3 must be attached to the ring 4 located behind the seatback and marked by the symbol ;
– tighten the belt.
The ISOFIX anchorage points have been exclusively designed for child seats with the ISOFIX system. Never fit a different type of child seat, seat belt or other objects to these anchorage points.
Check that nothing is obstructing the anchorage points.
If your vehicle has been involved in a road accident, have the ISOFIX anchorage points checked and replace your child seat.
1.41
ENG_UD56990_1
Sécurité enfants : fixation du siège enfant (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat: general information (1/2)
Some seats are not suitable for fitting child seats. The diagrams on the following pages show you how to attach a child seat.
The types of child seats indicated may not be available. Before using a differ- ent child seat, check with the manufac- turer that it can be fitted.
Front seats
The laws concerning children travelling in the front passenger seat differ in every country. Consult the legislation in force and follow the indications on the diagrams on the following pages.
Before fitting a child seat in this seat (if authorised):
– lower the seat belt as far as possible;
– on equipped vehicles, push the seat back as far as possible;
– on equipped vehicles, tilt the seat- back slightly (approximately 25°);
– on equipped vehicles, raise the seat base as far as possible.
Fit the child seat in a rear seat wherever possible.
To install an ISOFIX seat in this seat, unbuckle the seat belt by hand before engaging the bolts.
Always fully raise the seat headrest so that it does not interfere with the child
After installing the child seat, when this is possible, you can move the vehi- cle seat forward if necessary (so as to leave enough space in the rear seats for passengers or other child seats). In the case of a rear-facing child seat, do not let it touch the dashboard or move it to the furthest forward position.
Do not change other settings after in- stalling the child seat.
Fitting a seat ISOFIX in the rear-left seat means the middle seat cannot be used. The central seat belt will no longer be either accessible or useable.
1.42
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the front passenger airbag has been deactivated.
ENG_UD69175_3
Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant, généralité (X62 - Renault) fitting a child seat, general information child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) child safety.................................................
(up to the end of the DU) child seats..................................................
(up to the end of the DU) child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) transporting children ..................................
(up to the end of the DU)
CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat, general information (2/2)
In the rear seat
A carrycot can be installed across the vehicle and will take up at least two seats. Position the child with his or her feet nearest the door.
Move the front seat as far forward as possible to install a rear-facing child seat, then move back the seat in front as far as it will go, although without allowing it to come into contact with the child seat.
For the safety of the child in the for- ward-facing position:
– do not push the seat in front of the child back further than halfway along its runners;
– do not recline the seatback too far
(maximum of 25°) and raise the seat as much as possible.
Always remove the headrest from the rear seat on which the child seat is po- sitioned.
before fitting the child seat.
Check that the forward-facing child seat is resting against the back of the vehi- cle seat.
A child seat with a floor sup- port must never be installed on the rear centre seat.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY .
ENG_UD69175_3
Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant, généralité (X62 - Renault)
1.43
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (1/24)
2-seater van version
³
Check the status of the airbag before fitting a child seat or allowing a passenger to use the seat.
²
Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.
¬
Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by a seat belt.
B2 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not correctly protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the front passenger airbag has been deactivated.
1.44
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
Child seats: attachment by seat belt or ISOFIX system child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) child safety.................................................
(up to the end of the DU) child seats..................................................
(up to the end of the DU) child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) transporting children ..................................
(up to the end of the DU)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (2/24)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the regula- tions in force are respected.
2-seater van version
Child seat group Weight of the child
WITH PASSENGER AIRBAG
Front passenger seat
WITHOUT PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Front passenger seat
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0 +
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
< 13 kg
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
U (1) (2)
U (1) (2)
U (2)
U (2)
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
9 to 18 kg U (1) (2) U (2)
Booster seat
Group 2 and 3
15 kg to 25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
U / B2 (1) (2) U / B2 (2)
U = Seat allowing a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by the seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B2 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY , before installing a child seat:
(1) on the front passenger seat, check that the airbag has been deactivated ➥ 1.80;
(2) position the vehicle seat as far back and as high as possible. Tilt the seatback slightly
position to the lowest position. Make sure that the seat belt is locked in position correctly after you have adjusted it
1.45
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (3/24)
3-seater van version
³
Check the status of the airbag before fitting a child seat or allowing a passenger to use the seat.
²
Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.
¬
Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by a seat belt.
B2 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not correctly protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the front passenger airbag has been deactivated.
1.46
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (4/24)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the regula- tions in force are respected.
3-seater van version
Child seat group Weight of the child
WITH PASSENGER AIRBAG WITHOUT PASSENGER AIRBAG
Central front passenger seat
Side front passenger seat
Central front passenger seat
Side front passenger seat
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0 +
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
< 13 kg
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
U (1)
U (1)
U (1)
U (1)
U
U
U
U
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
9 to 18 kg U (1) U (1) U U
Booster seat
Group 2 and 3
15 kg to 25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
U (1) U / B2 (1) U
U = Seat allowing a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by the seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B2 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
U / B2
(1) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY : before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the
front passenger airbag has been deactivated ➥ 1.80.
1.47
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (5/24)
7-seater double cab version
³
Check the status of the airbag before fitting a child seat or allowing a passenger to use the seat.
²
Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.
¬
Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by a seat belt.
B2 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B2“ approval to be attached by seat belt.
B3 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B3“ approval to be attached by seat belt.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not correctly protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the front passenger airbag has been deactivated.
1.48
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (6/24)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the regula- tions in force are respected.
7-seater double cab version
Child seat group
Weight of the child
WITH PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Central front passenger seat
Side front passenger seat
WITHOUT PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Central front passenger seat
Side front passenger seat
Rear side seats
Rear central seats
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0 +
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
< 13 kg
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
U (1)
U (1)
U (1)
U (1)
U
U
U
U
U
U
X
X
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
9 to 18 kg U (1) U (1) U U U
Booster seat
Group 2 and 3
15 kg to 25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
U (1) U / B2 (1) U U / B2 U / B2 / B3
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
U = Seat allowing a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by the seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B2 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B3 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B3” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
X
X
(1) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY : before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the
front passenger airbag has been deactivated ➥ 1.80.
1.49
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (7/24)
6-seater double cab version (3 front seats and 3 rear seats)
³
Check the status of the airbag before fitting a child seat or allowing a passenger to use the seat.
²
Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.
Carrying a passenger is
STRICTLY PROHIBITED .
¬
Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by a seat belt.
B2 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt.
B3 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B3” approval to be attached by seat belt.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not correctly protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the front passenger airbag has been deactivated.
1.50
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (8/24)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the regula- tions in force are respected.
6-seater double cab version
(3 front seats and 3 rear seats)
Child seat group
Weight of the child
WITH PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Central front passenger seat
Side front passenger seat
WITHOUT PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Central front passenger seat
Side front passenger seat
Rear side seats
Rear-facing shell seat in groups
0+ and 1
Rear-facing seat in groups 0+ and 1
< 13 kg
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
U (1)
U (1)
U (1)
U (1)
U
U
U
U
U
U
Forward-facing seat in group 1
9 to 18 kg U (1) U (1) U U U
Booster seat in groups 2 and 3
15 kg to 25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
U (1) U / B2 (1) U U / B2 U / B2 / B3
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
U = Seat allowing a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by the seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B2 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B3 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B3” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
Rear centre seat
X
X
X
X
(1) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY : before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the
front passenger airbag has been deactivated ➥ 1.80.
1.51
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (9/24)
6-seater double cab version (2 front seats and 4 rear seats)
³
Check the status of the airbag before fitting a child seat or allowing a passenger to use the seat.
²
Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.
¬
Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by a seat belt.
B2 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt.
B3 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B3” approval to be attached by seat belt.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not correctly protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the front passenger airbag has been deactivated.
1.52
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (10/24)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the regula- tions in force are respected.
6-seater double cab version
(2 front seats and 4 rear seats)
Child seat group
WITH
PASSENGER
AIRBAG
WITHOUT
PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Front passenger seat
Rear side seats
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0 +
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
< 13 kg
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
U (1) (2)
U (1) (2)
U (2)
U (2)
U
U
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
9 to 18 kg U (1) (2) U (2) U
Booster seat
Group 2 and 3
15 kg to 25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
U / B2 (1) (2) U / B2 (2) U / B2 / B3
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
U = Seat allowing a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by the seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B2 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B3 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B3” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
Rear central seats
X
X
X
X
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY , before installing a child seat:
(1) on the front passenger seat, check that the airbag has been deactivated ➥ 1.80;
(2) position the vehicle seat as far back and as high as possible. Tilt the seatback slightly
position to the lowest position. Make sure that the seat belt is locked in position correctly after you have adjusted it
1.53
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (11/24)
5-seater double cab version
³
Check the status of the airbag before fitting a child seat or allowing a passenger to use the seat.
²
Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.
Carrying a passenger is
STRICTLY PROHIBITED .
¬
Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by a seat belt.
B2 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt.
B3 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B3” approval to be attached by seat belt.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not correctly protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the front passenger airbag has been deactivated.
1.54
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (12/24)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the regula- tions in force are respected.
5-seater double cab version
Child seat group
Weight of the child
WITH
PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Front passenger seat
WITHOUT
PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Front passenger seat
Rear side seats Rear centre seat
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0 +
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
< 13 kg
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
U (1) (2)
U (1) (2)
U (2)
U (2)
U
U
Forwardfacing seat
Group 1
9 to 18 kg U (1) (2) U (2) U
Booster seat
Group 2 and 3
15 kg to 25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
U / B2 (1) (2) U / B2 (2) U / B2 / B3
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
U = Seat allowing a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by the seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B2 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B3 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B3” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
X
X
X
X
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY , before installing a child seat:
(1) on the front passenger seat, check that the airbag has been deactivated ➥ 1.80;
(2) position the vehicle seat as far back and as high as possible. Tilt the seatback slightly
position to the lowest position. Make sure that the seat belt is locked in position correctly after you have adjusted it
1.55
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (13/24)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the next page, to ensure the regulations in force are respected.
5-seater Combi version Front passenger seat Rear seats
2nd row side seats
Child seat group
Weight of the child
WITH
PASSENGER
AIRBAG
WITHOUT
PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Behind driver
Behind front passenger
2nd row centre seat
Carrycot fitted across the vehicle
Group 0
< 10 kg X X X X X
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0 +
< 13 kg U (1) (2) U (2) X X X
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
9 to 18 kg
U (1) (2)
U (1) (2)
U (2)
U (2)
X
UF (3)
X
X
X
X
Booster seat
Group 2 and 3
15 kg to
25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
U / B2 (1) (2) U / B2 (2) UF (3) X X
1.56
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (14/24)
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
U = Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be installed using a seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
UF = Seat which allows a forward-facing seat with “Universal” approval only to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B2 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
(3): In all situations, remove the headrest of the rear seat on which the child seat is positioned. This must be done before fitting
and the child’s legs.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY , before installing a child seat:
(1) on the front passenger seat, check that the airbag has been deactivated ➥ 1.80;
(2) position the vehicle seat as far back and as high as possible. Tilt the seatback slightly
position to the lowest position. Make sure that the seat belt is locked in position correctly after you have adjusted it
1.57
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (15/24)
5-seater Combi version
¬ Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by a seat belt.
² Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.
Seat which only allows a forward-facing seat with
“Universal” approval to be attached with a seat belt.
³ Check the status of the airbag before fitting a child seat or al- lowing a passenger to use the seat.
B2 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not cor- rectly protect the baby or child. They risk serious or even fatal injury.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the front passenger airbag has been deactivated.
1.58
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (16/24)
6-seater Combi version
¬ Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by a seat belt.
² Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.
Seat which only allows a forward-facing seat with
“Universal” approval to be attached with a seat belt.
³ Check the status of the airbag before fitting a child seat or al- lowing a passenger to use the seat.
B2 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not cor- rectly protect the baby or child. They risk serious or even fatal injury.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the front passenger airbag has been deactivated.
1.59
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (17/24)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the regula- tions in force are respected.
6-seater Combi version Front passenger seats
WITH PASSENGER
AIRBAG
WITHOUT
PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Rear seats
Child seat group
Weight of the child central side central side
2nd row side seats
Behind driver
Behind front passenger
2nd row centre seat
Carrycot fitted across the vehicle
Group 0
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0 +
< 10 kg
< 13 kg
X
U (1)
X
U (1)
X
U
X
U
X
X
X
X
X
X
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
U (1) U (1) U U X X X
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
Booster seat
Group 2 and 3
9 to 18 kg
15 kg to
25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
U (1) (2)
U (1) (2)
U (1) (2)
U / B2
(1) (2)
U (2)
U (2)
U (2)
U / B2 (2)
UF (2)
UF (2)
X
X
X
X
1.60
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (18/24)
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
U = Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be installed using a seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
UF = Seat which only allows a forward-facing seat with “Universal” approval to be attached with a seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B2 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
(2): In all situations, remove the headrest of the rear seat on which the child seat is positioned. This must be done before fitting
and the child’s legs.
(1) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY : before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the
front passenger airbag has been deactivated ➥ 1.80.
1.61
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (19/24)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the next page, to ensure the regulations in force are respected.
8-seater Combi version Front passenger seat
Child seat group
Weight of the child
WITH PASSENGER
AIRBAG
WITHOUT
PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Rear seats
2nd row side seats
Behind driver
Behind front passenger
2nd row centre seat
3rd row
Carrycot fitted across the vehi- cle
Group 0
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0 +
< 10 kg
< 13 kg
X
U (1) (2)
X
U (2)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
9 to 18 kg
Booster seat
Group 2 and 3
15 kg to
25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
U (1) (2)
U (1) (2)
U / B2 (1) (2)
U (2)
U (2)
U / B2 (2)
X
UF (3)
UF (3)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1.62
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (20/24)
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
U = Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be installed using a seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
UF = Seat which only allows a forward-facing seat with “Universal” approval to be attached with a seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B2 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
(3): In all situations, remove the headrest of the rear seat on which the child seat is positioned. This must be done before fitting
and the child’s legs.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY , before installing a child seat:
(1) on the front passenger seat, check that the airbag has been deactivated ➥ 1.80;
(2) position the vehicle seat as far back and as high as possible. Tilt the seatback slightly
position to the lowest position. Make sure that the seat belt is locked in position correctly after you have adjusted it
1.63
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (21/24)
8-seater Combi version
¬ Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by a seat belt.
² Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.
Seat which only allows a forward-facing seat with
“Universal” approval to be attached with a seat belt.
³
Check the status of the airbag before fitting a child seat or allowing a passenger to use the seat.
B2 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not cor- rectly protect the baby or child. They risk serious or even fatal injury.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the front passenger airbag has been deactivated.
1.64
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (22/24)
9-seater Combi version
¬ Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by a seat belt.
² Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.
Seat which only allows a forward-facing seat with
“Universal” approval to be attached with a seat belt.
³ Check the status of the airbag before fitting a child seat or al- lowing a passenger to use the seat.
B2 : Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not cor- rectly protect the baby or child. They risk serious or even fatal injury.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the front passenger airbag has been deactivated.
1.65
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (23/24)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the regula- tions in force are respected.
9-seater Combi version
Child seat group
Weight of the child
Front passenger seats
WITH
PASSENGER
AIRBAG
WITHOUT
PASSENGER
AIRBAG central side central side
Rear seats
2nd row side seats
Behind driver
Behind front passenger
2nd row centre seat
3rd row
Carrycot fitted across the vehicle
Group 0
< 10 kg
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0 +
< 13 kg
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
Booster seat
Group 2 and 3
9 to 18 kg
15 kg to
25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
X
U (1)
U (1)
X
U (1)
U (1)
U (1) (2) U (1) (2)
U (1) (2)
U / B2
(1) (2)
X
U
U
U (2)
U (2)
X
U
U
U (2)
X
X
X
UF (2)
U / B2
(2)
UF (2)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1.66
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (24/24)
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
U = Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be installed using a seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
UF = Seat which only allows a forward-facing seat with “Universal” approval to be attached with a seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
B2 = Seat enabling a child seat with “B2” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
(2): In all situations, remove the headrest of the rear seat on which the child seat is positioned. This must be done before fitting
and the child’s legs.
(1) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY : before fitting a child seat in the front passenger seat, make sure that the
front passenger airbag has been deactivated ➥ 1.80.
1.67
ENG_UD72259_6
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de securité (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (1/12)
The table below summarises the information already shown in the diagram on the following pages, to ensure the applicable regulations are respected.
5-seater Combi version Rear seats
2nd row side seats
Type of child seat
Carrycot fitted across the vehicle
Group 0
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0+
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
Weight of the child
< 10 kg
< 13 kg
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
9 to 18 kg
Seat size
ISOFIX
[Height]
F, G
[L1, L2]
E
[R1]
C, D
[R3, R2]
A, B, B1
[F3, F2, F2X]
Front seat
X
X
X
X
X
IL (1)
IL (1)
IUF - IL (2)
X
X
X
X
2nd row centre seat
X
X
X
IUF - IL (2)
Booster seat
Group 2 or 3+
15 kg to
25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
[B2] X X X X
Seat I-Size X X X X
1.68
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (2/12)
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
IUF/IL = On equipped vehicles, seat which allows an approved “Universal”/“semi-universal” or “vehicle specific” child seat to be attached using the ISOFIX system; check that it can be fitted.
(1) If necessary, position the vehicle seat as far back as possible. In order to install a rear-facing child seat, move the front seat as far forward as possible, then move the front seat back as far as it will go, without allowing it to come into contact with the child seat.
(2) In all situations, remove the rear headrest of the seat on which the child seat is positioned. This must be done before fitting the
and the child’s legs.
The size of the ISOFIX child seat is indicated by a letter:
– A, B and B1 [F3, F2, F2X]: for forward-facing seats in group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
– C and D [R3,R2]: rear-facing seats or shell seats in Group 0+ (less than 13 kg) or Group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
– E [R1]: rear-facing shell seats in group 0 (less than 10 kg) or 0+ (less than 13 kg);
– F and G [L1, L2]: for carrycots in group 0 (under 10 kg);
– [B2]: boosters in groups 2 and 3 (15 to 25 kg and 22 to 36 kg).
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
1.69
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (3/12)
5-seater Combi Child seat attached using the ISOFIX mounting
ü
Seat which allows an ISOFIX child seat to be fitted.
±
The rear seats are fitted with an anchorage point which allows a forward-facing ISOFIX child seat with universal approval to be fitted. The anchorage points are located in the luggage compartment and are visible.
² Seat which does not allow a child seat to be fitted.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not correctly protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
1.70
Fit the child seat in a rear seat wherever possible.
To install an ISOFIX seat in this seat, unbuckle the seat belt by hand before engaging the bolts.
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (4/12)
6-seater Combi Child seat attached using the ISOFIX mounting
ü
Seat which allows an ISOFIX child seat to be fitted.
±
The rear seats are fitted with an anchorage point which allows a forward-facing ISOFIX child seat with universal approval to be fitted. The anchorage points are located in the luggage compartment and are visible.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not correctly protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
² Seat which does not allow a child seat to be fitted.
Fit the child seat in a rear seat wherever possible.
To install an ISOFIX seat in this seat, unbuckle the seat belt by hand before engaging the bolts.
1.71
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (5/12)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the applicable regulations are respected.
6-seater Combi version Front seats Rear seats
2nd row side seats
Type of child seat
Weight of the child
Seat size
ISOFIX
[Height]
Central Side
Behind driver
Behind front passenger
2nd row centre seat
Carrycot fitted across the vehicle
Group 0
< 10 kg
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0+
< 13 kg
F, G
[L1, L2]
E
[R1]
X
X
X
X
X
IL (1)
X
X
X
X
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
C, D
[R3, R2]
X X IL (1) X X
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
Booster seat
Group 2 or 3+
Seat I-Size
9 to 18 kg
15 kg to
25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
A, B, B1
[F3, F2, F2X]
[B2]
X
X
X
X
X
X
IUF - IL (2)
X
X
X
X
X
IUF - IL (2)
X
X
1.72
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (6/12)
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
IUF/IL = On equipped vehicles, seat which allows an approved “Universal”/“semi-universal” or “vehicle specific” child seat to be attached using the ISOFIX system; check that it can be fitted.
(1) If necessary, position the vehicle seat as far back as possible. In order to install a rear-facing child seat, move the front seat as far forward as possible, then move the front seat back as far as it will go, without allowing it to come into contact with the child seat.
(2) In all situations, remove the rear headrest of the seat on which the child seat is positioned. This must be done before fitting the
and the child’s legs.
The size of the ISOFIX child seat is indicated by a letter:
– A, B and B1 [F3, F2, F2X]: for forward-facing seats in group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
– C and D [R3,R2]: rear-facing seats or shell seats in Group 0+ (less than 13 kg) or Group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
– E [R1]: rear-facing shell seats in group 0 (less than 10 kg) or 0+ (less than 13 kg);
– F and G [L1, L2]: for carrycots in group 0 (under 10 kg);
– [B2]: boosters in groups 2 and 3 (15 to 25 kg and 22 to 36 kg).
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
1.73
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (7/12)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the following pages, to ensure the applicable regulations are respected.
8-seater Combi version
Type of child seat
Weight of the child
Seat size
ISOFIX
[Height]
Front seat
Rear seats
2nd row side seats
Behind driver
Behind front passenger
2nd row centre seat
3rd row
Carrycot fitted across the vehicle
Group 0
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0+
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
< 10 kg
< 13 kg
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
F, G
[L1, L2]
E
[R1]
C, D
[R3, R2]
X
X
X
X
IL (1)
IL (1)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
9 to 18 kg
A, B, B1
[F3, F2, F2X]
X IUF - IL (2) X IUF - IL (2) X
Booster seat
Group 2 and 3
15 kg to
25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
[B2] X X X X X
Seat I-Size X X X X X
1.74
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (8/12)
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
IUF/IL = On equipped vehicles, seat which allows an approved “Universal”/“semi-universal” or “vehicle specific” child seat to be attached using the ISOFIX system; check that it can be fitted.
(1) If necessary, position the vehicle seat as far back as possible. In order to install a rear-facing child seat, move the front seat as far forward as possible, then move the front seat back as far as it will go, without allowing it to come into contact with the child seat.
(2) In all situations, remove the rear headrest of the seat on which the child seat is positioned. This must be done before fitting the
and the child’s legs.
The size of the ISOFIX child seat is indicated by a letter:
– A, B and B1 [F3, F2, F2X]: for forward-facing seats in group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
– C and D [R3,R2]: rear-facing seats or shell seats in Group 0+ (less than 13 kg) or Group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
– E [R1]: rear-facing shell seats in group 0 (less than 10 kg) or 0+ (less than 13 kg);
– F and G [L1, L2]: for carrycots in group 0 (under 10 kg);
– [B2]: boosters in groups 2 and 3 (15 to 25 kg and 22 to 36 kg).
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
1.75
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (9/12)
8-seater Combi Child seat attached using the ISOFIX mounting
ü
Seat which allows an ISOFIX child seat to be fitted.
±
The rear seats are fitted with an anchorage point which allows a forward-facing ISOFIX child seat with universal approval to be fitted. The anchorage points are located in the luggage compartment and are visible.
² Seat which does not allow a child seat to be fitted.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not correctly protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
1.76
Fit the child seat in a rear seat wherever possible.
To install an ISOFIX seat in this seat, unbuckle the seat belt by hand before engaging the bolts.
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (10/12)
9-seater Combi Child seat attached using the ISOFIX mounting
ü
Seat which allows an ISOFIX child seat to be fitted.
±
The rear seats are fitted with an anchorage point which allows a forward-facing ISOFIX child seat with universal approval to be fitted. The anchorage points are located in the luggage compartment and are visible.
Using a child safety system which is not approved for this vehicle will not correctly protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
² Seat which does not allow a child seat to be fitted.
Fit the child seat in a rear seat wherever possible.
To install an ISOFIX seat in this seat, unbuckle the seat belt by hand before engaging the bolts.
1.77
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (11/12)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the applicable regulations are respected.
9-seater Combi version Front seats
Type of child seat
Weight of the child
Seat size
ISOFIX
[Height]
Central Side
Rear seats
2nd row side seats
Behind driver
Behind front passenger
2nd row centre seat
3rd row
Carrycot fitted across the vehicle
Group 0
< 10 kg
F, G
[L1, L2]
X X X X X X
Rear-facing shell seat
Group 0 or 0+
< 13 kg
E
[R1]
X X IL (1) X X X
Rear-facing seat
Group 0+ and 1
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
Booster seat
Group 2 and 3
< 13 kg and
9 to 18 kg
C, D
[R3, R2]
9 to 18 kg
15 kg to
25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
A, B, B1
[F3, F2, F2X]
[B2]
X
X
X
X
X
X
IL (1)
IUF - IL (2)
X
X
X
X
X
IUF -
IL (2)
X
X
X
X
Seat I-Size X X X X X X
1.78
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the ISOFIX system (12/12)
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
IUF/IL = On equipped vehicles, seat which allows an approved “Universal”/“semi-universal” or “vehicle specific” child seat to be attached using the ISOFIX system; check that it can be fitted.
(1) If necessary, position the vehicle seat as far back as possible. In order to install a rear-facing child seat, move the front seat as far forward as possible, then move the front seat back as far as it will go, without allowing it to come into contact with the child seat.
(2) In all situations, remove the rear headrest of the seat on which the child seat is positioned. This must be done before fitting the
and the child’s legs.
The size of the ISOFIX child seat is indicated by a letter:
– A, B and B1 [F3, F2, F2X]: for forward-facing seats in group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
– C and D [R3,R2]: rear-facing seats or shell seats in Group 0+ (less than 13 kg) or Group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
– E [R1]: rear-facing shell seats in group 0 (less than 10 kg) or 0+ (less than 13 kg);
– F and G [L1, L2]: for carrycots in group 0 (under 10 kg);
– [B2]: boosters in groups 2 and 3 (15 to 25 kg and 22 to 36 kg).
ENG_UD69956_3 sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X62 - Renault)
1.79
CHILD SAFETY: deactivating, activating AIRBAG front passenger (1/3)
1
2
Front passengerairbag deactivation
Before installing a child seat on the front passenger seat:
– check that the child seat can be in- stalled on this seat;
– it is essential to deactivate the airbag for a rear-facing child seat.
To deactivate the airbag: with the vehicle stationary and the ignition switched off, push and turn lock 1 to the OFF position.
When the ignition is switched on, you must check that the warning light
¹
is lit on the display 2 and, de- pending on the vehicle, that the mes- sage “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” is displayed.
This light remains permanently lit to let you know that you can fit a child seat.
tion off .
The passenger airbag may only be activated or deacti- vated when the vehicle is stationary with the igni-
If it is interfered with when the vehicle is being driven, indicator lights
å
and © will come on.
Switch the ignition off then on again to reset the airbag in accordance with the lock position.
DANGER
Since operation of the front passenger airbag is not compatible with the po- sition of a rear-facing child seat,
NEVER fit a rear-facing child re- straint system in a seat protected by an ACTIVATED front AIRBAG.
This can lead to the DEATH of the
CHILD or SERIOUS INJURY .
1.80
deactivating, activating the front passenger airbag
ENG_UD76507_3
Sécurité enfants : désactivation, activation airbag passager avant (X62 - Renault) air bag activating the front passenger air bags
(up to the end of the DU) airbag front passenger airbag deactivation .....
(up to the end of the DU) front passenger air bag deactivation .........
(up to the end of the DU) child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) child safety.................................................
(up to the end of the DU) child restraint/seat .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) transporting children ..................................
(up to the end of the DU)
CHILD SAFETY: deactivating, activating AIRBAG front passenger (2/3)
A
3
A
DANGER
Since operation of the front passenger airbag is not compatible with the po- sition of a rear-facing child seat,
NEVER fit a rear-facing child re- straint system in a seat protected by an ACTIVATED front AIRBAG .
This can lead to the DEATH of the
CHILD or SERIOUS INJURY .
The markings on the dashboard and labels A on each side of the passen- ger sun visor 3 (for example, the labels shown above) will remind you of these instructions.
ENG_UD76507_3
Sécurité enfants : désactivation, activation airbag passager avant (X62 - Renault)
A
1.81
CHILD SAFETY: deactivating, activating AIRBAG front passenger (3/3)
1
Operating faults
It is forbidden to fit a rear-facing child seat to the front passenger seat if the airbag activation/deactivation system is faulty.
Allowing any other passenger to sit in that seat is not recommended.
Contact your approved dealer as soon as possible.
2
Front passengerairbag activation
You should reactivate the airbag as soon as you remove the child seat from the front passenger seat to ensure the protection of the front passenger in the event of an impact.
To restart the airbag: vehicle stopped , ignition switched off, press and turn the lock to 1 position ON .
When the ignition is switched on, you must check that the warning light
¹
is off.
The front passenger airbag is activated.
tion off .
The passenger airbag may only be activated or deacti- vated when the vehicle is stationary with the igni-
If it is interfered with when the vehicle is being driven, indicator lights
å
and © will come on.
Switch the ignition off then on again to reset the airbag in accordance with the lock position.
1.82
ENG_UD76507_3
Sécurité enfants : désactivation, activation airbag passager avant (X62 - Renault)
STEERING WHEEL, POWER-ASSISTED
Power-assisted steering
1
Variable power-assisted steering
The variable power assisted steering system is equipped with an electronic control system which alters the level of assistance to suit the vehicle speed.
Steering is made easier during parking manoeuvres (for added comfort) while the force needed to steer increases progressively as the speed rises (for enhanced safety at high speeds).
Steering wheel height adjustment
Pull lever 1 and move the steering wheel to the required position.
Then, push the lever back fully, beyond the point of resistance to lock the steer- ing wheel.
Make sure that the steering wheel is correctly locked.
Special feature of Stop and Start
With the engine on standby, power- assisted steering is no longer opera- tional. In this case, it returns to its origi- nal state when the engine is restarted or when the speed exceeds 1 mph
(1 km/h) (hill, slope etc.).
With the engine switched off, or if there is a system fault, it is still possible to turn the steering wheel. The force required will be greater.
For safety reasons, only adjust the steering wheel when the vehicle is stationary.
Never leave the steering wheel at full lock while stationary.
Never switch off the ignition when travelling downhill, and avoid doing so in normal driving (assistance is not provided).
1.83
ENG_UD59479_2 volant de direction (X62 - Renault)
Steering wheel, power-assisted steering wheel adjustment ...........................................
(up to the end of the DU) power-assisted steering.............................
(up to the end of the DU)
REAR VIEW MIRRORS (1/2)
1
2
3
Interior rear view mirror
Its position can be adjusted.
When driving at night, to avoid being dazzled by the headlights of the vehicle behind, depress the little lever located behind rear view mirror 1 .
Electrically-adjustable door mirrors
With the ignition on , select the rear view mirror using switch 2 , then button 3 to adjust it to the desired position.
Heated door mirrors
The mirrors are heated either alone or in conjunction with the rear windows.
1.84
For safety reasons, carry out any adjustments when the vehicle is stationary.
Rear view mirrors rear view mirrors ........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD69965_3
Rétroviseurs (X62 - Renault)
REAR VIEW MIRRORS (2/2)
4
5
A
B
C
B
C
A
Lower the sun visor 4 to access the special mirror to increase side vision when manoeuvring.
The various zones seen by the driver are:
– A in the additional rear-view mirror;
– B via the passenger window;
– C in the exterior rear view mirror.
ENG_UD69965_3
Rétroviseurs (X62 - Renault)
Objects observed in the door mirror glass are actu- ally closer than they appear.
For your safety, take this into account in order to correctly assess the distance before any ma- noeuvre.
1.85
DRIVER’S POSITION, LEFT-HAND DRIVE (1/2)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 10 2 1
24 23 22 21 20
19
18 17 16 15 14 13 12
1.86
Driving position: left-hand drive driver’s position .........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD56996_1 poste de conduite direction à gauche (X62 - Renault)
11
DRIVER’S POSITION: LEFT-HAND DRIVE (2/2)
The equipment fitted, described below, DEPENDS ON THE VERSION AND COUNTRY.
1 Side window demister outlet.
2 Side air vent.
3 Stalk for:
– direction indicators;
– exterior lights;
– front fog lights;
– rear fog lights.
4 Instrument panel.
5 Location for driver’s air bag.
6 – Windscreen wiper/washer stalk.
– Information readout control.
7 Centre air vent.
8 Multimedia socket
9 Location for:
– radio;
– navigation screen;
– storage compartment.
10 Passenger airbag location.
11 Removable tray
12 Glovebox or storage compartment
13 Removable cup holder
14 Switches:
– grip control;
– activation/deactivation of the
Stop and Start function;
– activation/deactivation of ECO mode;
– hazard warning lights;
– electric door locking;
– activating/deactivating the park- ing distance control;
– activation/deactivation of the blind spot warning;
– activation/deactivation of the lane departure warning.
15 Induction charger
16 Heating and ventilation controls.
17 Cigarette lighter or accessories socket.
18 Cruise control/speed limiter main control.
19 Handbrake.
20 Ignition switch.
21 Control for adjusting steering wheel height.
22 Bonnet release control.
23 Fuse box.
24 Controls for:
– activating/deactivating the load position;
– activating/deactivating the power take-off;
– activating/deactivating fast idle speed;
– adjusting the headlight beam height
1.87
ENG_UD56996_1 poste de conduite direction à gauche (X62 - Renault)
DRIVER’S POSITION, RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (1/2)
1 2 3 4 5 6 4 7 8 9 10 2 1
22 21 20 19
1.88
Driver’s position, right-hand drive driver’s position .........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
18 16 15
17
14 13 12 11
ENG_UD59989_2 poste de conduite direction à droite (X62 - Renault)
DRIVER’S POSITION, RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (2/2)
The equipment fitted, described below, DEPENDS ON THE VERSION AND COUNTRY.
1 Side window demister outlet.
2 Side air vent.
3 Passenger airbag location.
4 Centre air vent.
5 Multimedia socket
6 Location for:
– radio;
– navigation screen;
– storage compartment.
7 Stalk:
– direction indicators;
– exterior lights;
– front fog lights;
– rear fog lights.
8 Instrument panel.
9 Driver airbag location.
10 – Windscreen wiper/washer stalk.
– Information readout control.
11 Controls for:
– activating/deactivating the load position;
– activating/deactivating the power take-off;
– activating/deactivating fast idle speed;
– electric beam height adjust- ment.
12 Ignition switch.
13 Control for adjusting steering wheel height.
14 Switches:
– grip control;
– activation/deactivation of the
Stop and Start function;
– activation/deactivation of ECO mode;
– hazard warning lights;
– electric door locking;
– activating/deactivating the park- ing distance control;
– activation/deactivation of the blind spot warning;
– activation/deactivation of the lane departure warning.
15 Cruise control/speed limiter main control.
16 Cigarette lighter or accessories socket.
17 Handbrake.
18 Heating and ventilation controls.
19 Glovebox or storage compartment
20 Removable cup holder
21 Bonnet release control.
22 Fuse box.
1.89
ENG_UD59989_2 poste de conduite direction à droite (X62 - Renault)
WARNING LIGHTS (1/4)
The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
A
Instrument panel A
š Side light tell-tale light
á Main beam headlight tell- tale k Dipped beam headlight tell- tale
Automatic main beam head- light indicator light
g Front fog light tell-tale
Rear fog light tell-tale light c Left-hand direction indicator tell-tale light b Right-hand direction indica- tor tell-tale light
å Indicator light Airbag
It lights up when the ignition or the engine is switched on and goes off after a few seconds. If it does not light up when the ignition is switched on, or if it lights up when the engine is running, it indicates a fault in the system.
Contact your approved Dealer as soon as possible;
M Low fuel level warning light
This goes out as soon as the engine starts. If it lights up or remains lit, fill up with fuel as soon as possible.
Warning light © means you should drive very carefully to an authorised dealer as soon as possible . Failure to follow this rec- ommendation risks damaging your vehicle.
Warning light ® re- quires you to stop immedi- ately, for your own safety, as soon as traffic conditions allow. Switch off the engine and do not restart it. Contact an approved
Dealer.
If no lights or sounds are apparent, this indicates a fault in the instrument panel. This indicates that it is essential to stop immediately (as soon as traffic conditions allow). Ensure that the vehicle is correctly immobilised and contact an approved Dealer.
1.90
ENG_UD71194_4 tableau de bord : témoins lumineux (X62 - Renault)
Warning lights control instruments ....................................
(up to the end of the DU) indicators: instrument panel ..................................
(up to the end of the DU) instrument panel ........................................
(up to the end of the DU) warning lights.............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
WARNING LIGHTS (2/4)
The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
®
STOP light
This comes on when the igni- tion is switched on and goes out after about 3 seconds.
It comes on with other warning lights and/or messages, and is accompanied by a beep.
It requires you to stop immediately, for your own safety, as soon as traffic con- ditions allow. Switch off the engine and do not restart it.
Contact an approved Dealer.
U Variable power assisted steering warning light
It lights up when the ignition or the engine is switched on and goes off after a few seconds.
If it comes on while driving, alongside the warning light ® there is a system fault.
, this means
Call an approved Dealer.
D Brake circuit fault warning light
It lights up when the ignition or the engine is switched on and goes off after a few seconds.
If it comes on during braking and is ac- companied by the ® warning light and a beep, it indicates that the fluid level in the circuit is low or that there is a braking system fault.
Stop as soon as traffic conditions allow and consult an approved dealer.
Ú Battery charge warning light
It lights up when the ignition or the engine is switched on and goes off after a few seconds.
If it comes on on the road, accompa- nied by the ® warning light and a beep, this indicates an overload or dis- charge in the electrical circuit.
Stop as soon as traffic conditions allow and contact an approved Dealer.
À Oil pressure warning light
It lights up when the ignition or the engine is switched on and goes off after a few seconds.
If it comes on on the road, accompa- nied by the ® warning light and a beep, stop immediately and cut the ignition.
Check the oil level. If the level is normal, the warning light is related to something else.
Call an approved Dealer.
Particle filter system warn-
ing light
Warning light for reagent level and faults in the ex- haust gas reduction system
1.91
ENG_UD71194_4 tableau de bord : témoins lumineux (X62 - Renault)
WARNING LIGHTS (3/4)
The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
©
Warning light
This comes on when the igni- tion is switched on and goes out after about three seconds. It may light up in conjunction with other warning lights and/or messages on the instrument panel.
It means you should drive very care- fully to an approved Dealer as soon as possible. If you fail to follow this recom- mendation, you risk damaging the ve- hicle. Depending on the vehicle, this warning light is accompanied by a mes- sage on the instrument panel.
Ä Toxic fume filter system warning light
On equipped vehicles, the light comes on when the ignition is switched on then goes out.
– If it lights up continuously accom- panied by the © warning light, please consult an authorised dealer as soon as possible;
– If it flashes, reduce the engine speed until the light stops flashing. Contact your approved Dealer as soon as possible
É Preheating warning light
This should come on when the ignition is switched on. It indicates that the heater plugs are in operation. It goes out as soon as preheating is suf- ficient and the engine may be started.
Ô Coolant temperature warn- ing light
It may light up in blue when the ignition is switched on or if the engine is started while the engine temperature is low.
If it appears in red, stop and leave the engine idle for a minute or two.
The temperature should lower and the warning light should disappear. If not, stop the engine. Let the engine cool down, then check the coolant level.
If the level is normal, the warning light is related to something else. Call an ap- proved Dealer.
Door status warning light
If it lights up when the ignition is switched on, it indicates that a door is not properly closed.
Tyre pressure loss warning
x Anti-lock braking warning light
This light comes on when the ignition is switched on and goes out within ap- proximately three seconds. If it comes on when you are driving, it indicates a fault on the antilock braking system.
Braking will then occur normally without the anti-lock system.
Contact an approved dealer as soon as possible.
Engine standby warning light
Unavailability of engine standby warning light
} Handbrake "on” warning light
1.92
ENG_UD71194_4 tableau de bord : témoins lumineux (X62 - Renault)
WARNING LIGHTS (4/4)
The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Warning light for the elec- tronic stability program
( ESC ) and traction control system
It lights up when the ignition or the engine is switched on and goes off after a few seconds.
There are several reasons for the warn-
Side winds assistance warn- ing light
[\ Gear change indicators
This lights up to advise you to change to a higher gear (arrow pointing upwards) or lower gear (arrow
Ó Brake pedal warning light
This lights up when the brake
pedal should be depressed ➥ 2.68.
Ð
Ï
Speed limiter warning light
Cruise control warning light
Lane departure system warning light
Emergency active brake assist
Mode warning light ECO
This comes on when ECO
Digital tachograph warning light
If it comes on, there is a fault in the system. Refer to the handbook for the equipment.
Overspeed warning light
B
On display B
ß Front seat belt reminder
¹ warning light
Passenger
Airbag OFF
1.93
ENG_UD71194_4 tableau de bord : témoins lumineux (X62 - Renault)
DISPLAYS AND INDICATORS (1/2)
The presence and operation of the display and indicators DEPENDS ON THE LEVEL OF EQUIPMENT AND THE COUNTRY.
1
Rev counter 1 (rpm x 1,000)
A
2
Speedometer 2 (kph or mph)
Overspeed buzzer
Depending on the vehicle and country, the
warning light is displayed and a beep sounds. This beep sounds as soon as the vehicle is travelling at over 75 mph (120 km/h).
This warning light remains lit for as long as the vehicle is travelling at over
74 mph (120 km/h).
1.94
ENG_UD56999_1 tableau de bord : afficheurs et indicateurs (X62 - Renault) control instruments ....................................
(up to the end of the DU) indicators: instrument panel ..................................
(up to the end of the DU) instrument panel ........................................
(up to the end of the DU) warning lights.............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
DISPLAYS AND INDICATORS (2/2)
The presence and operation of the display and indicators DEPENDS ON THE LEVEL OF EQUIPMENT AND THE COUNTRY.
6
3 7
5 4
4
Gearbox display 3
This indicates the gear engaged
Fuel gauge 4
If the minimum fuel level is reached, the warning light sible.
appears and a beep sounds. Fill up as soon as pos-
3
Reagent gauge 5
Depending on the vehicle
If the minimum reagent level is reached, the warning light
appears and a
Coolant temperature indicator 6
In normal use, indicator 6 should be before area 7 . Under "intensive" oper- ating conditions, the needle may ap- proach this zone. This is not serious unless the warning light ® instrument panel and a beep.
comes on accompanied by a message on the
1.95
ENG_UD56999_1 tableau de bord : afficheurs et indicateurs (X62 - Renault) fuel level ....................................................
(current page) engine oil level ...........................................
(current page) coolant .......................................................
(current page) reagent (tank) ............................................
(current page) reagent tank...............................................
(current page)
TRIP COMPUTER: general information (1/2)
A
Trip computer and warning system A
Depending on the vehicle, this includes the following functions:
– distance travelled;
– journey settings;
– information messages;
– operating fault messages (connected to the © warning light);
– warning messages (connected to the
® warning light);
– setting the time.
All these functions are described on the following pages.
1
2
Display selection keys 1 and 2
Scroll through the following information upwards (button 1 ) or downwards
(button 2 ) by pressing briefly and successively (the display depends on the vehicle equipment and country).
a) total mileage and trip mileage recorder; b) journey parameters:
– average fuel consumption;
– current fuel consumption;
– estimated range with remaining fuel;
– distance travelled;
– average speed; c) current speed; d) engine coolant temperature; e) set the time; f) distance before service; g) tyre pressure reset; h) general adjustment; i) trip log, operating faults and informa- tion message readout; j) Estimated range with remaining rea- gent.
1.96
ENG_UD57000_1
Ordinateur de bord : généralités (X62 - Renault)
Trip computer control instruments ....................................
(up to the end of the DU) instrument panel ........................................
(up to the end of the DU) display .......................................................
(up to the end of the DU) trip computer and warning system.............
(up to the end of the DU)
TRIP COMPUTER: general information (2/2)
1
2
Trip mileage resetting
With “trip mileage recorder” selected on the display, press button 1 or 2 until the mileage recorder resets to zero.
Resetting the journey parameters (reset button)
With one of the journey parameters se- lected on the display, press button 1 or 2 until the display resets.
Interpreting some of the values displayed after resetting
The values showing average fuel consumption, range and average speed will become more stable and reliable the further you travel after pressing the reset button.
For the first few miles after pressing the reset key you will notice that the range increases as you travel. This range takes into account the average fuel consumption since the last time the reset button was pressed. Therefore, the average fuel consumption may decrease when:
– the vehicle stops accelerating;
– the engine reaches its operating temperature (if the engine was cold when the reset key was pressed);
– when driving from an urban area onto the open road.
Automatic resetting of the journey parameters
Resetting occurs automatically when the maximum value of any of the parameters is exceeded.
1.97
ENG_UD57000_1
Ordinateur de bord : généralités (X62 - Renault)
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: journey parameters (1/6)
The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Interpreting the display selected Examples of selections
101778 km
112.4 km
Average
5.8 L/100
Current
7.4 L/100 a) Total mileage and trip mileage recorder.
b) Journey parameters:
Average fuel consumption.
The value is displayed after having travelled at least 400 metres since the last reset.
Current fuel consumption.
Value displayed after reaching a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h), depending on the vehicle.
1.98
control instruments ....................................
(up to the end of the DU) display .......................................................
(up to the end of the DU) trip computer and warning system.............
(up to the end of the DU) instrument panel ........................................
(up to the end of the DU) indicators: instrument panel ..................................
(up to the end of the DU) warning lights.............................................
(up to the end of the DU) instrument panel messages.......................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD60258_2
Ordinateur de bord : paramètres de voyage (X62 - Renault)
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: journey parameters (2/6)
The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Examples of selections
Range
541 km
Distance
522 km
Average
123.4 km/h
55.8
mph (90 km/h)
Interpreting the display selected b) Journey parameters (continued):
Estimated range with remaining fuel.
The value is displayed after driving 400 metres.
Distance travelled since last reset.
Average speed since the last reset.
The value is displayed after driving 400 metres.
c) Current speed (depending on the vehicle).
vehicle range .............................................
(current page)
ENG_UD60258_2
Ordinateur de bord : paramètres de voyage (X62 - Renault)
1.99
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: journey parameters (3/6)
The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Examples of selections Interpreting the display selected d) Engine coolant temperature.
12:00
16° e) Setting the time.
1.100
ENG_UD60258_2
Ordinateur de bord : paramètres de voyage (X62 - Renault)
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: journey parameters (4/6)
The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Examples of selections
On-board computer with mileagebefore-service message
Service Intervals
Service Due in
40 000 km / 24 months
Service Due in
300 km / 24 days
Service Required
Interpreting the display selected f) Service distance.
With the ignition switched on, the engine not running and the display set to “Service Intervals”, press button 1 or 2 for ap- proximately 5 seconds to display the mileage before service
(distance or time to the next service). When the distance value approaches its limit, there are several possible scenarios:
– range less than 930 miles (1,500 km) or one month: the message “Service Due” is displayed accompanied by the nearest term (distance or time);
– range equal to 0 miles (0 km) or date of service reached: the message “Service Required” is displayed accompanied by the warning light © .
The vehicle requires a service as soon as possible.
Reset : to reset the distance before the next service, press and hold button 1 or 2 for approximately 10 seconds until the display shows the mileage before service permanently.
NB : if a service is performed without changing the engine oil, only the mileage before the next service should be reset. In the event of an oil change, both the distance before the next service and the next oil change should be reset.
1.101
ENG_UD60258_2
Ordinateur de bord : paramètres de voyage (X62 - Renault) oil change ..................................................
(current page) oil change ..................................................
(current page) mileage before service ..............................
(current page) maintenance: mileage before service .........................
(current page)
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: journey parameters (5/6)
The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Examples of selections
On-board computer with distance before next service message (cntd.)
Service Intervals
Oil Change in
40 000 km / 24 months
Service Due in
300 km / 24 days
Service Required
Interpreting the display selected f) Mileage before service
With the ignition on, the engine not running and the display showing “Service Intervals”, press button 1 or 2 for about 5 sec- onds to display the mileage before the next service, then press button 2 to view the mileage before the next oil change (distance or time remaining before the next service). When the distance value approaches its limit, there are several possible scenarios:
– range less than 930 miles (1,500 km) or one month: the message “Service Due” is displayed accompanied by the nearest term (distance or time);
– range equal to 0 miles (0 km) or date of oil change reached: the message “Service Required” is displayed accompanied by the warning light © .
The vehicle requires an oil change as soon as possible.
Depending on the vehicle, the mileage before an oil change varies according to the driving style (frequent driving at low speed, door-to-door journeys, extensive use at idling speed, towing a trailer, etc.). The distance remaining until the next oil change can therefore decrease more quickly in some cases than the actual distance travelled.
Reset : to reset the distance before the next service, press and hold button 1 or 2 for approximately 10 seconds until the display shows the mileage before oil change permanently.
NB : if a service is performed without changing the engine oil, only the mileage before the next service should be reset. In the event of an oil change, both the distance before the next service and the next oil change should be reset.
1.102
ENG_UD60258_2
Ordinateur de bord : paramètres de voyage (X62 - Renault) tyre pressure..............................................
(current page) cruise control-speed limiter........................
(current page) cruise control .............................................
(current page) speed limiter ..............................................
(current page) operating faults ..........................................
(current page) faults operating faults ....................................
(current page)
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: journey parameters (6/6)
The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Examples of selections Interpreting the display selected g) Tyre pressure reset
Tyre pressure init. long press
Settings (Press and hold)
Vehicle Systems OK
Top Up AdBlue before 2400 km h) General settings.
Press button 1 or 2 for approximately 5 seconds to select the display language.
i) Trip log.
Successive display:
– information messages (ESC deactivated/ac- tivated, STOP and START activated etc.);
– operating fault messages (check the injection system, airbag etc.).
j) Estimated range with remaining reagent
1.103
ENG_UD60258_2
Ordinateur de bord : paramètres de voyage (X62 - Renault)
TRIP COMPUTER: information messages
These can help in the vehicle starting phase, or give information about a selection or a driving status.
Examples of information messages are given in the following pages.
Examples of messages
Traction control Off
Steering Wheel Not Locked
Parking Brake ON
Interpretation of messages
Indicates that you have deactivated the traction control function.
Indicates that the steering column has not been locked.
Indicates that the parking brake has been applied.
1.104
trip computer and warning system.............
(current page)
ENG_UD59991_2
Ordinateur de bord : messages d’information (X62 - Renault)
TRIP COMPUTER: operating fault messages
These appear with the © warning light and mean that you should drive very carefully to an authorised dealer as soon as possible. If you fail to follow this recommendation, you risk damaging your vehicle.
They disappear when the display selection key is pressed or after several seconds and are stored in the computer log. The warning light stays on. Examples of operating fault messages are given on the following pages .
©
Examples of messages
WARNING: Check ESC
Clean Diesel Filter
WARNING: Check Gearbox
WARNING: Check Lighting
Check Anti- Pollution System
Interpretation of messages
Indicates a fault in the traction control system or in the electronic stability
Indicates that there is water present in the diesel fuel.
Contact an approved Dealer as soon as possible.
Indicates that a fault has occurred in the gearbox; contact an approved
Dealer as soon as possible.
Indicates a fault in the automatic lights operation. Consult an approved dealer.
– Indicates a fault in the vehicle’s emission control system.
– Indicates a fault in the exhaust gas reduction system when it is accompa- nied by the
ENG_UD57003_1
Ordinateur de bord : messages d’anomalies de fonctionnement (X62 - Renault)
1.105
display .......................................................
(up to the end of the DU) control instruments ....................................
(up to the end of the DU) indicators: instrument panel ..................................
(up to the end of the DU) instrument panel messages.......................
(up to the end of the DU) trip computer and warning system.............
(up to the end of the DU) instrument panel ........................................
(up to the end of the DU) warning lights.............................................
(up to the end of the DU) reagent tank...............................................
(up to the end of the DU) reagent (tank) ............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
TRIP COMPUTER: warning messages
These appear with the ® warning light and require you to stop immediately, for your own safety, as soon as traffic conditions allow. Stop your engine and do not restart it. Contact an approved Dealer.
Some examples of warning messages are given below. Note: the messages appear on the display either individually or alternately
(when there are several messages to be displayed), and may be accompanied by a warning light and/or a beep.
Examples of messages
WARNING: Power Steering
WARNING: Engine Failure Risk
WARNING: Electric System
WARNING: Gearbox Overheating
Puncture
Interpretation of messages
Indicates a fault in the steering system.
Indicates an injection fault, the vehicle’s engine has overheated or there is a serious engine fault.
Indicates a fault in the vehicle battery charging circuit (alternator, etc.).
Indicates that the gearbox is overheating.
Indicates that at least one wheel is punctured or severely underinflated.
1.106
ENG_UD57004_1
Ordinateur de bord : messages d’alerte (X62 - Renault)
CLOCK AND EXTERIOR TEMPERATURE (1/2)
A
1
12:00
2
3
B
Display A
To access the clock setting display, press 1 or 2 as many times as neces- sary until 3 is displayed.
Press and hold button 1 or 2 until the hours flash. You are now in setting mode, press and hold the 1 or 2 button to set the hour.
Wait a few seconds, the minutes flash: repeatedly press the 1 or 2 button to set them.
When setting is complete, wait a few seconds before changing the display.
If the power supply is cut (battery disconnected, supply wire cut, etc.), the clock must be reset.
For safety reasons, carry out any adjustments when the vehicle is not being driven.
Display B
Vehicles fitted with a multimedia touch-screen, navigation aid sys- tems, telephones, etc.
Refer to the separate instructions for the function to understand the special features of this equipment.
1.107
ENG_UD57005_1 heure et température exterieure (X62 - Renault)
Clock
Exterior temperature clock ..........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) clock ..........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) navigation system ......................................
(up to the end of the DU) external temperature .................................
(up to the end of the DU)
CLOCK AND EXTERIOR TEMPERATURE (2/2)
External temperature indicator
Special note:
When the exterior temperature is - 3°C to + 3°C, the °C characters flash (signalling a risk of ice on the road).
1.108
External temperature indicator
As ice formation is related to climatic exposure, local air humidity and temperature, the external temperature alone is not sufficient to detect ice.
ENG_UD57005_1 heure et température exterieure (X62 - Renault)
SCREEN WASHER, WIPER (1/3)
1
D
C
A
B
1
E
F
2
Vehicle fitted with intermittent windscreen wipers
A park
B intermittent wiping
The wipers will pause for several seconds between sweeps. It is possible to change the time between sweeps by turning ring 2 .
C normal wiping speed
D fast wiping speed
Special note
When driving the vehicle , the wiping speed slows down whenever the vehicle stops. For example, fast wiping speed will slow to normal wiping speed.
As soon as the vehicle moves off, wiping will return to the speed originally selected.
If stalk 1 is operated, it overrides and cancels the automatic function.
Note: in the event of mechanical sei- zure, the system automatically cuts the power supply to the wipers.
ENG_UD57006_1
Essuie-vitre / lave-vitre (X62 - Renault)
Windscreen washer/wiper screen wash/wipe ......................................
(up to the end of the DU)
1.109
SCREEN WASHER, WIPER (2/3)
1
D
C
A
B
1
Vehicle fitted with windscreen wiper rain sensor
A park
B automatic wiper function.
When this position is selected, the system detects water on the wind- screen and triggers the wipers at a suitable wiping speed. It is possi- ble to change the triggering thresh- old and the time sweeps by turning ring 2 :
– E : minimum sensitivity
– F : maximum sensitivity
C normal wiping speed
D fast continuous wiping .
E
F
2
Note:
– the rain sensor is only intended as a driving aid. In the event of reduced visibility, the driver should manually activate the wipers. In foggy weather or during snowfalls, wiping is not au- tomatically triggered and remains under the driver’s control;
– in the event of temperatures below zero, automatic wiping is not acti- vated when the vehicle is started. It is automatically activated as soon as the vehicle exceeds a certain speed
(approximately 5 mph (8 km/h));
– do not activate automatic wiping in dry weather;
– fully de-ice the windscreen before activating automatic wiping.
1.110
ENG_UD57006_1
Essuie-vitre / lave-vitre (X62 - Renault)
SCREEN WASHER, WIPER (3/3)
1
D
C
A
B
Windscreen washer
With the ignition on , pull stalk 1 then release.
A brief pull will trigger a single sweep of the wipers, in addition to the windscreen washer.
A longer pull will trigger three sweeps of the wipers followed, a few seconds later, by a fourth, in addition to the windscreen washer.
Efficiency of a wiper blade
Check the condition of the wiper blades. How long they last depends on you:
– it must remain clean: clean the blade and the screen regularly with soapy water;
– do not use it when the screen is dry;
– free it from the screen when it has not been used for a long time.
In all cases, replace it as soon as it begins to lose efficiency: approxi-
Precautions for using the wipers
– In freezing or snowy weather, clear the screen before starting the wipers (risk of motor over- heating);
– ensure that no objects are ob- structing the travel of the blade.
When working in the engine compartment, ensure that the windscreen wiper stalk is in position A (park).
Risk of injury.
Before any action involving the windscreen (washing the vehicle, de-icing, cleaning the windscreen, etc.) return stalk 1 to position A (park).
Risk of injury and/or damage.
1.111
ENG_UD57006_1
Essuie-vitre / lave-vitre (X62 - Renault)
EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (1/5)
1
2
1
š
Side lights
Turn ring 3 until the symbol is opposite mark 2 .
This indicator light on the instrument panel comes on.
Side position lights
(depending on the vehicle)
These draw other road users’ attention to the width of the vehicle.
They come on when the side lights are switched on.
3
Daytime running lights function
The daytime running lights come on automatically with no action on stalk 1 when the engine is started, and they go off once the engine is switched off.
k Dipped beam headlights
Manual operation
Turn ring 3 until the symbol is opposite mark 2 . This indicator light on the in- strument panel comes on.
Automatic operation
(depending on vehicle)
Turn ring 3 until the AUTO symbol is op- posite mark 2 : with the engine running, the dipped beam headlights switch on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the light outside, without any action on stalk 1 .
Before driving at night, check that the electrical equipment is operating cor- rectly and adjust the head- light beams (if your vehicle is not carrying its normal load).
As a general precaution, check that the lights are not obscured (by dirt, mud, snow or objects being trans- ported).
1.112
ENG_UD60007_2
Eclairages et signalisations extérieures (X62 - Renault)
Exterior lighting and signals external lights and signals .........................
(up to the end of the DU) signals and lights .......................................
(up to the end of the DU) lights: side lights .............................................
(current page) lights: dipped beam headlights .......................
(current page)
EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (2/5)
1
To switch off the lights before they go out automatically, turn ring 3 to any po- sition, then return it to position AUTO .
3
“See-me-home lighting” function
This function allows you to briefly switch on the dipped beam headlights (to provide light when opening a gate, etc.).
With the engine and lights switched off, and the ring 3 in position AUTO , pull the stalk 1 towards you: the dipped beam headlights come on for approxi- mately one minute. To increase this du- ration, you may pull the stalk up to four times (total time restricted to approxi- mately four minutes).
If the vehicle is parked on the hard shoulder with the tailgate open, the rear lights may be obscured.
You should make other road users aware of your vehicle by using a warning triangle or other equipment specified by the road traffic regula- tions of the country you are driving in.
1.113
ENG_UD60007_2
Eclairages et signalisations extérieures (X62 - Renault) lights: main beam headlights ..........................
(current page) lights-on warning buzzer............................
(current page) see-me-home lighting ................................
(current page)
EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (3/5)
Automatic main beam
á
2
1
Main beam headlights
With the dipped beam headlights lit, pull the stalk 1 . This indicator light on the instrument panel comes on.
To return to the dipped headlight position, pull stalk 1 towards you again.
headlights
Depending on the vehicle, this system switches the main beam headlights on and off automatically. The function uses a camera located behind the interior rear-view mirror to detect vehicles that are following and coming in the oppo- site direction.
The main beam headlights come on au- tomatically if:
– exterior light is weak;
– no other vehicles or lighting are detected;
– the vehicle speed is above approximately 30 mph (45 km/h).
If any of the above conditions are not fulfilled, the system switches to dipped beam headlights.
Note: make sure the windscreen is not obscured (dirt, mud, snow, condensa- tion etc.).
The system may encounter difficul- ties under certain conditions, inclu- ding :
– extreme weather conditions (rain, snow, fog, etc.);
– obstruction in front of the windscreen or camera;
– when a following or oncoming vehicle has weak or hidden lighting;
– incorrect settings for the front headlights;
– reflective systems;
– ...
Using the portable navigation system at night in the windscreen area below the camera may disturb the operation of the “automatic main beam headlights” system (risk of reflection on the windscreen).
1.114
ENG_UD60007_2
Eclairages et signalisations extérieures (X62 - Renault)
EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (4/5)
Automatic main beam headlights (continued)
Activation/Deactivation
2
To activate automatic main beam headlights:
– turn ring 3 until the AUTO symbol is opposite mark 2 ;
– pull stalk 1 towards you.
Warning light strument panel.
comes on the in-
3 To deactivate automatic main beam headlights:
– pull stalk 1 towards you again;
– or turn ring 3 to a position other than
AUTO.
Warning light strument panel.
goes out on the in-
1
The “automatic main beam headlights” system should under no circumstances be used to replace driver atten- tion and responsibility with regard to vehicle lighting and adapting to light, visibility and traffic conditions.
Operating faults
When the message “WARNING: Check
Lighting” with warning light © is displayed and warning light flashes on the instrument panel, this in- dicates that there is a lighting fault.
k
Consult an approved dealer.
Each time you start the engine, pull the stalk 1 towards you to reactivate the system.
1.115
ENG_UD60007_2
Eclairages et signalisations extérieures (X62 - Renault)
EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (5/5)
4
1
Rear fog lights
Turn the centre ring 4 of the stalk 1 until the symbol is opposite the 5 mark.
3
5
The rear fog lights only work if the exterior lights have been activated. An indicator light on the instrument panel will come on.
Do not forget to switch off the fog lights when they are no longer needed, to avoid inconveniencing other road users.
When the exterior vehicle lights are switched off, the rear fog lights switch off or the equipment returns to the front fog lights position (if they are fitted).
g Front fog lights
Turn the centre ring 4 of the stalk 1 until the symbol is opposite the 5 mark.
The front fog lights only work if the exterior lights have been activated. An indicator light on the instrument panel will come on.
Switching off the lights
The lights will go out automatically when the engine is switched off, the driver’s door is opened or the vehicle is locked. In this case, the next time the engine is started the lights will be switched back on according to the posi- tion of the ring 3 .
Lights-on warning buzzer
If the lights are on after the engine is switched off, a warning beep sounds when the driver’s door is opened to warn you that the lights are still on (to avoid battery discharge).
1.116
ENG_UD60007_2
Eclairages et signalisations extérieures (X62 - Renault)
HEADLIGHT BEAM ADJUSTMENT (1/2)
A
Load status
Driver only
Driver with two passengers and luggage compartment loaded (1)
Driver only with the luggage compartment loaded (1)
Control position
0
2
3
The table below gives some examples. In all cases, adjust control A according to the vehicle load so that the road can be seen and other drivers are not dazzled.
On vehicles fitted with this function, control A allows you to adjust the height of the beams according to the load.
Turn control A downwards to lower the headlights and upwards to raise them.
Headlight beam adjustment lighting: exterior .................................................
(up to the end of the DU) lights: adjusting ..............................................
(up to the end of the DU) lights adjustment ...........................................
(up to the end of the DU) headlight beam adjustment .......................
(up to the end of the DU) signals and lights .......................................
(up to the end of the DU) electric beam height adjustment ................
(up to the end of the DU)
(1) Load status at maximum permitted weight.
ENG_UD57142_1
Réglage de la hauteur des faisceaux (X62 - Renault)
1.117
HEADLIGHT BEAM ADJUSTMENT (2/2)
When driving on the left in a left-hand drive vehicle (or vice versa), you must adjust your lights temporarily for the duration of your trip.
1
B
Temporary adjustment
Open the bonnet and identify the mark- ing B next to one of the front headlight projectors.
For each headlight, using a screw- driver, turn the screw 1 by a quarter turn towards the - symbol to lower the beams.
Return to the starting point once your trip is over: turn the screw 1 by a quar- ter turn towards the + symbol to raise the beams.
1.118
ENG_UD57142_1
Réglage de la hauteur des faisceaux (X62 - Renault)
AUDIBLE AND VISUAL SIGNALS
1
1
2
2
3
Direction indicators
Move the stalk 1 in the same direc- tion as you want to move the steering wheel.
One-touch mode
Briefly shift the stalk 1 upwards or downwards, not exceeding the point of resistance, then release it: the stalk will return to its original position and the direction indicator light concerned will flash three times.
Horn
Press on the sides 2 of the steering wheel boss.
Headlight flasher
Pull stalk 1 towards you then release it to flash the headlights.
é Hazard warning lights
Press the switch 3 . This switch activates all four direction indicators and the side indicator lights simultane- ously. It must only be used in an emer- gency to warn drivers of other vehicles that you have had to stop in an area where stopping is prohibited or unex- pected, or that you are obliged to drive under special conditions.
In the event of emergency braking or sudden deceleration, the flashing lights are activated at a faster frequency.
They are switched off automatically once the emergency braking or decel- eration is complete.
1.119
ENG_UD76505_2
Avertisseurs sonore et lumineux (X62 - Renault)
Audible and visual signals audible and visual signals..........................
(current page) indicators ...................................................
(current page) indicators: direction indicators ...............................
(current page) hazard warning lights signal ......................
(current page) hazard warning lights signal ......................
(current page)
FUEL TANK (1/3)
Useable capacity of the tank: approximately 23.1 gal or 17.6 gal
(105 litres or 80 litres) (depending on the vehicle).
Filling the tank
Please observe the following instruc- tions:
– with the ignition off, wait at least
20 seconds before starting to fill with fuel;
– open the driver’s door in order to open the flap 1 ;
– depending on the vehicle, unlock the cap 2 using the key, then remove it and attach it to the flap 1 ;
– when filling the tank partially, add at least 2.2 gallons (10 litres) of fuel.
If these instructions are not observed, the tank filling level will not be taken into account on the instrument panel.
1
2
Filling with fuel
When the pump cuts out automatically at the end of the filling procedure, a maximum of two further filling attempts may be made to maintain an expansion volume.
Fuel grade
It is essential to use diesel. Make sure that no water enters the fuel tank ac- cidentally during filling. The sealing system and its surrounding area must be dust-free.
Use a high-grade fuel that complies with the specific or equivalent legisla- tion in force in the country where the vehicle is marketed. It must comply with the indications on the label located on the cover 1
After filling, check that the cap and cover are closed.
1.120
Fuel types that conform to European standards which the engines of ve- hicles sold in Europe are compatible with.
To fill up with fuel, the engine must be stopped
(and not only on standby in the case of vehicles equipped with the Stop and Start function): you must switch off the ig-
Fire hazard.
ENG_UD77068_6 réservoir carburant (X62 - Renault)
Fuel tank fuel filler cap ..............................................
(up to the end of the DU) fuel tank capacity .......................................
(current page) fuel quality ..................................................
fuel
(current page) filling .....................................................
(up to the end of the DU) fuel repriming .............................................
(up to the end of the DU) fuel tank .....................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
FUEL TANK (2/3)
Fuel filler cap: this is a specific type.
If you have to replace it, make sure it is identical to the original cap. Contact an approved Dealer.
Never place the cap near a source of heat or flame.
Do not wash the filler area with a high-pressure washer.
Do not mix even small amounts of petrol (unleaded or E85) with diesel.
Do not use ethanol-based fuel if your vehicle is not compatible with this fuel.
Do not add reagent to the fuel – otherwise you risk damaging the engine
If you wish to add an additive to the fuel, use a product approved by our
Technical Department.
Consult an approved dealer.
No modifications what- soever are permitted on any part of the fuel supply system (computers, wiring, fuel circuit, injector, protection covers, etc.) as this may be danger- ous (such work must be undertaken by qualified Network personnel).
Persistent smell of fuel
If you notice a persistent fuel odour you should:
– stop the vehicle when traffic con- ditions allow it and switch off the ignition;
– switch on the hazard warning lights and ask your passengers to leave the vehicle and stay clear of the traffic;
– contact an authorised dealer.
Please note when work- ing close to the engine that it may be hot. In addition, the engine cooling fan may start at any moment. The warning light in the engine compart- ment reminds you of this.
Risk of injury.
1.121
ENG_UD77068_6 réservoir carburant (X62 - Renault) fuel grade...................................................
(current page)
FUEL TANK (3/3)
Repriming the fuel circuit
After a breakdown caused by com- pletely running out of fuel, the system must be reprimed before the engine is restarted:
– set the ignition key to the “On” posi- tion M
before starting to enable the fuel cir- cuit to be primed;
– turn the key to position D . If the engine does not start, repeat the pro- cedure;
– if the engine does not start after sev- eral attempts, please contact an au- thorised dealer.
1.122
The peripheral components (al- ternator, starter, engine mount- ings etc.) should be protected from diesel splashes.
ENG_UD77068_6 réservoir carburant (X62 - Renault)
REAGENT TANK (1/8)
Please ensure that you comply with the legislation of your country.
It is important to remember that failure to respect regulations in force could lead to legal action being taken against the vehicle owner.
Operating principle
The reagent is intended for Diesel en- gines fitted with the SCR (selective cat- alytic reduction) system.
Using the reagent reduces the quantity of nitrogen oxides in exhaust gases.
Reagent consumption in real time de- pends on vehicle usage conditions, the equipment fitted, and driving style.
Reagent quality
Use only reagents which conform to standard ISO 22241 and in accord- ance with the mark on the tank filler cap.
2
1
Topping up
Useful capacity of fuel tank: approx- imately 21 litres or 28 litres (depend- ing on the vehicle).
Ignition off, open the front passenger door to open the cover 2 . Unscrew the cap 1 .
Note: ammonium hydroxide vapour may escape from the cap opening when the tank temperature is high.
To fill up with reagent, the engine must be stopped (not just on standby in the case of vehicles with the Stop and Start function). You must switch off the ignition
If the “xxxKM failure Top up
AdBlue” message appears, fill the reagent tank and refer to the filling instruc- tions.
Risk of immobilisation of the ve- hicle.
Filler cap: this is specific.
If you have to replace it, make sure it is identical to the original cap. Contact an approved Dealer. Do not wash the filler area with a high pressure washer.
1.123
ENG_UD73775_5
Réservoir réactif (X62 - Renault)
Reagent tank filling with reagent ......................................
(up to the end of the DU) reagent (tank) ............................................
(up to the end of the DU) reagent tank...............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
REAGENT TANK (2/8)
Precautions for use
The tank can be filled at the pump. In other cases, it is essential to read the information shown on the reagent con- tainer (e.g. the can or bottle).
When filling, handle the reagent care- fully. They can damage clothes, shoes, bodywork components etc.
If the reagent overflows, or contami- nates any paintwork, clean the affected area quickly with plenty of cold water and a soft cloth.
Note: if the reagent crystallises, use a soft sponge.
In extreme cold weather conditions
In frosty conditions, fill the reagent tank as soon as the
warning light and the “TOP UP AdBlue before
1500 km” message, or, depending on the vehicle, the “TOP UP AdBlue before
1200 km” message is displayed on the instrument panel.
Special cases
The reagent fluid freezes below about
-10°C.
In these conditions, do not attempt fill- ing when the fluid is frozen. In the event of needing to top up or fill the tank
on), park the ve- with reagent ( hicle in a hotter location if possible so that the reagent becomes liquid again.
Otherwise, have a qualified profes- sional top up or fill up with reagent fluid.
After filling the reagent tank, check that the cap and cover are closed, start the engine and WAIT 10 sec- onds with the vehicle stationary, engine running , before setting off again.
If this operation is not carried out, the filling of the tank will not be taken into account automatically until after several dozens of minutes of driving.
The message “--- TOP UP AdBlue” and/or the warning lights will con- tinue to appear until the filling has been registered by the system.
The reagent must not come into contact with eyes or skin. If it does, wash the af- fected area with plenty of cold water. If necessary, consult a doctor.
1.124
ENG_UD73775_5
Réservoir réactif (X62 - Renault)
No work whatsoever is permitted on any part of the system. To prevent damage, only qualified per- sonnel from our network may work on the system.
REAGENT TANK (3/8)
3
Depending on how the vehicle is driven, they may be displayed before the re- agent gauge on the instrument panel is at minimum
Alert with message on the instrument panel on display 3
Front-wheel drive and van versions
Warning lights and the messages on the instrument panel 3 are displayed ac- cording to the estimated range of the remaining reagent.
ENG_UD73775_5
Réservoir réactif (X62 - Renault)
1.125
REAGENT TANK (4/8)
Maintenance/Range
The information displayed on the instrument panel may be accompanied by a beep.
Indicator lights Messages
-
AdBlue Level Correct (depending on the ve- hicle)
What to do?
-
“Top Up AdBlue before 2400 km”
If the message is displayed when the ignition is switched on, you have less than 1,491 miles (2,400 km) range remain- ing .
Refill, or have an approved dealer refill the reagent in the tank .
comes on.
“TOP UP AdBlue before 1500 km” or, de- pending on the vehicle, “TOP UP AdBlue before 1200 km”
If the message is displayed when the ignition is switched on, you have between 932 miles (1,500 km) and 621 miles
(1,000 km) range left or, depending on the vehicle, between
745 miles (1,200 km) and 497 miles (800 km) range left.
Refill, or have an approved dealer refill the reagent in the tank .
1.126
ENG_UD73775_5
Réservoir réactif (X62 - Renault)
REAGENT TANK (5/8)
Maintenance/Range
The information displayed on the instrument panel may be accompanied by a beep.
Indicator lights Messages
on.
comes “xxxKM failure Top up AdBlue”
What to do?
The message is displayed when the ignition is switched on and is repeated:
– approximately every 62 miles (100 km), you have between
621 miles (1,000 km) and 124 miles (200 km) range left or, depending on the vehicle, between 497 miles (800 km) and 124 miles (200 km) range left ;
– Approximately every 31 miles (50 km), you have less than
124 miles (200 km) range .
In any event, you or an Approved Dealer should fill the rea- gent tank as soon as possible .
flashes or comes on, de- pending on the vehicle.
“0KM failure Top up AdBlue”
The engine will not start.
To restart, you must fill the reagent tank yourself.
1.127
ENG_UD73775_5
Réservoir réactif (X62 - Renault)
REAGENT TANK (6/8)
System faults
When the indicator lights described light up, this may be accompanied by a beep.
Indicator lights Message
and © come on.
“Check Anti- Pollution System”
“AdBlue quality to check”
“AdBlue injection to check”
Readings
Indicates a fault in the system. Contact your approved dealer as soon as possible.
and © come on.
“xxxKM failure antipollution”
This indicates a system fault and that you have less than
621 miles (1,000 km) range left or, depending on the vehicle, less than 497 miles (800 km) range left before it is no longer possible to restart the vehicle .
These warnings are repeated:
– every 62 miles (100 km) until you have between approximately 621 miles (1,000 km) and 124 miles (200 km) range left or, depending on the vehicle, between 497 miles
(800 km) and 124 miles (200 km) left before it is no longer possible to restart the vehicle;
– Every 31 miles (50 km) when there is less than 124 miles
(200 km) left before the vehicle cannot be restarted.
Contact your approved dealer as soon as possible.
and © come on.
“0KM failure antipollution”
1.128
Indicates that after the ignition is switched off the vehicle will not restart . Call an approved Dealer.
ENG_UD73775_5
Réservoir réactif (X62 - Renault)
REAGENT TANK (7/8)
4
A
E
Alert with no message on the instrument panel
Bus and rear-wheel drive versions
The warning light is displayed accord- ing to the reagent level indicated by the gauge 4 on the instrument panel.
A
B
C
D
E
Maintenance/Range
Gauge level
Range A
Range B
Warnings
–
comes on.
Range C
What to do?
–
flashes for a few seconds at the start of the warning and each time the ignition is switched on, then stays on.
You or an Approved Dealer should fill or top up the reagent tank.
Range D
flashes for a few seconds at the start of the warning and each time the ignition is switched on, then stays on. It is accom- panied by beeps.
Loss of engine power.
You or an Approved Dealer should fill the reagent tank as soon as possible.
Empty tank.
flashes accompa- nied by beeps.
In this case, at the next engine stop/start, the vehicle speed is limited to approximately
12 mph (20 km/h) until you fill the reagent tank or have it done by an
Approved Dealer.
1.129
ENG_UD73775_5
Réservoir réactif (X62 - Renault)
At E
REAGENT TANK (8/8)
System faults
When the indicator lights described light up, this may be accompanied by a beep.
Indicator lights Message
and © come on.
“Check Anti- Pollution System”
Readings
Indicates a fault in the system. Contact your approved Dealer as soon as possible.
and © flash when the engine is started then stay lit.
–
Indicates a system fault with a loss of engine power . Contact your approved dealer as soon as possible.
flashes and
© comes on.
1.130
–
Indicates a fault in the system. In this case, at the next engine stop/start, the vehicle speed is limited to approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) . Contact your approved dealer as soon as pos- sible.
ENG_UD73775_5
Réservoir réactif (X62 - Renault)
Section 2: Driving
(advice on use relating to fuel economy and the environment)
2.1
ENG_UD77070_9
Sommaire 2 (NU 1033) (X62 - Renault)
RUNNING IN, IGNITION SWITCH
Up to 900 miles (1,500 km) , do not exceed 2,500 rpm or approximately
54 mph (90 km/h) in the highest gear.
After completing this mileage you may drive faster, although you may only expect top performance after approximately 3,600 miles (6,000 km).
During the running in period, do not accelerate hard while the engine is still cold and do not let the engine over-rev.
Service intervals: refer to the
Maintenance Document for the vehicle.
Ignition switch
Stop and steering lock position St
To lock: remove the key and turn the steering wheel until the steering column locks.
To unlock: turn the key and the steering wheel slightly.
Accessories position A
When the ignition is switched off, any accessories (radio, etc.) will continue to function.
Ignition on position M
With the ignition on, the engine will be preheating.
Start position D
If the engine fails to start at the first attempt, turn the key back before activating the starter again. Release the key as soon as the engine starts.
Note: several seconds may pass between turning the key and the engine starting to allow for engine preheating.
Special note on vehicles with a sequential gearbox
Depress the brake pedal with the lever in the N position.
Note: If a gear other than neutral is displayed, it flashes; starting is not possible unless you depress the brake pedal, while holding the key in the starting position.
In the “Accessories” or “On” position, a system may automatically switch off your vehicle’s accessories depending on the battery charge, to prevent it from discharging completely.
2.2
ENG_UD57012_1 rodage / contacteur de démarrage (X62 - Renault)
Running in, ignition switch
STOPPING, STARTING THE ENGINE
Depending on the vehicle, if a gear is engaged, the message “Press Clutch
+ Start” is displayed on the instrument panel. Press the clutch pedal.
Turn the key to starter position D with- out depressing the accelerator pedal .
Release the key as soon as the engine starts.
Stopping the engine
With the engine idling, turn the key to the “Stop” position St .
Starting the engine
Turn the ignition key to the “Ignition on” position M and hold this position until the engine preheating warning light
É
goes out.
Never start your vehicle while freewheeling on a gradient. Risk of non-acti- vation of power-assisted steering.
There is a risk of accidents.
Starting the vehicle
For front-wheel drive and rear- wheel drive dual wheel versions on level ground, with the vehicle un- loaded, we recommend starting in second gear.
Never switch off the igni- tion before the vehicle has stopped completely. Once the engine has stopped, the brake servo, power-assisted steer- ing, etc., and the passive safety de- vices such as the airbag and preten- sioners will no longer operate.
Driver’s responsibility when parking or stopping the vehicle
Never leave an animal, child or adult who is not self-suffi- cient alone in your vehicle, even for a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves or to others by starting the engine, activating equipment such as the electric windows or locking the doors, for example.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather, please remember that the tempera- ture inside the passenger compart- ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY .
2.3
ENG_UD57013_1 démarrage / arrêt du moteur (X62 - Renault)
Starting, stopping the engine starting the engine .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) stopping the engine ...................................
(current page)
STOP AND START FUNCTION (1/3)
This system enables a reduced fuel consumption and lower greenhouse gas emissions.
The system is activated automatically when the vehicle is started.
While driving, the system stops the engine (standby) when the vehicle is at a standstill (traffic jam, traffic lights, etc).
Conditions for engine standby
The vehicle has set off from where it was parked;
For vehicles equipped with robo- tised gearboxes:
– the gearbox is in position D, Mor N; and
– the brake pedal is depressed (suffi- ciently hard); and
– the accelerator pedal is not de- pressed; and
– the speed is zero for around
1 second.
The engine remains in standby if N is engaged with the parking brake applied and the brake pedal released.
For vehicles equipped with manual gearboxes:
– the gearbox is in neutral; and
– the clutch pedal is released.
flashes, this If warning light means that the clutch pedal is not suf- ficiently released.
and
– the vehicle speed is less than ap- proximately 2 mph (3 km/h).
The engine will restart when you press the clutch pedal and move into gear.
For all vehicles:
Warning light
on the instru- ment panel is lit when the engine is on standby.
The vehicle equipment remain opera- tional while the engine is stopped.
If the engine stalls while the system is in operation, pressing the clutch pedal right down will start it again.
To fill up with fuel, the engine must be stopped (and not put in standby): you MUST stop the engine
If you get out of the vehicle, a beep notifies you that the engine is on standby and has not been switched off.
Keep your vehicle station- ary when the engine is on standby (shown by the warning light instrument panel).
on the
The engine MUST be stopped (not put in standby) before leaving the vehi- cle.
2.4
ENG_UD59993_2
Fonction stop and start (X62 - Renault)
Stop and Start function
Stop & Start function..................................
(up to the end of the DU)
Stop & Start ...............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
STOP AND START FUNCTION (2/3)
Preventing the engine from standing by
In certain situations, such as negotiat- ing a crossroads for instance, it is pos- sible (with the system activated) to keep the engine running so as to be ready to move off quickly.
For vehicles equipped with robo- tised gearboxes:
Keep the vehicle stationary without pressing too hard on the brake pedal.
For vehicles equipped with manual gearboxes:
Keep the clutch pedal pressed right down.
Conditions for coming out of engine standby
For vehicles equipped with robo- tised gearboxes:
– the brake pedal is released, position
D or M engaged; or
– the brake pedal is released in gear position N with the handbrake off; or
– the brake pedal is pressed again, with N engaged and the handbrake applied; or
– the vehicle is in gear position R; or
– the accelerator pedal is depressed.
For vehicles equipped with manual gearboxes:
– the gearbox is in neutral and the clutch pedal is slightly depressed; or
– the engine is in gear and the clutch pedal is pressed right down.
Conditions preventing the standby of the engine
Certain conditions prevent the system from using the engine standby function, including when:
– reverse gear is engaged;
– the bonnet is not locked;
– the outdoor temperature is too low or too high;
– the battery is not sufficiently charged;
– the difference between the vehicle interior temperature and the automatic climate control instruction is too high;
– parking distance control is in opera- tion;
– the altitude is too high;
– the gradient is too steep for vehicles fitted with a sequential gearbox;
– the “Clear view” function is activated
– the engine coolant temperature is too low;
For vehicles equipped with a manual gearbox
The restart may be interrupted if the clutch pedal is released too quickly while a gear is engaged.
2.5
ENG_UD59993_2
Fonction stop and start (X62 - Renault)
STOP AND START FUNCTION (3/3)
– automatic particle filter cleaning is underway;
– the “Fast Idle Speed” function is acti-
– ...
Warning light
is displayed on the instrument panel. This notifies you that the engine is on standby.
1
Special feature of the automatic engine re-start
Under certain conditions, the engine can restart on its own in order to guarantee your safety and comfort.
This can occur especially when:
– the outdoor temperature is too low or too high;
– the “Clear view” function is activated
– the battery is not sufficiently charged;
2
– the vehicle speed is above 7 km/h
(downhill slope, etc.);
– repeated pressing on the brake pedal or braking system requirement;
– ...
Special note: depending on the vehi- cle, for some of these conditions the automatic restarting of the engine is in- hibited if a door is open.
Deactivating, activating the function
Press 1 to deactivate the function.
The 2 switch warning light illuminates.
Pressing again will reactivate the system. The indicator light 2 in switch 1 goes out.
The system is automatically reactivated each time the vehicle is started using the start button
Operating faults
If warning light 2 lights up without press- ing switch 1 , the system is deactivated.
Please consult an authorised dealer.
Deactivate the Stop and
Start function for any opera- tion performed in the engine compartment.
The engine MUST be stopped (not put in standby) before leaving the vehicle.
2.6
ENG_UD59993_2
Fonction stop and start (X62 - Renault)
SPECIAL FEATURES OF DIESEL VERSIONS (1/5)
Diesel engine speed
Diesel engines are equipped with an injection pump that is fitted with an electronic regulator which prevents over-revving of the engine irrespec- tive of the gear engaged.
If the
Ä
and © as soon as possible.
warning lights come on, consult an approved dealer
When driving, depending on the fuel grade used, it is possible that white smoke may be emitted.
This is due to the exhaust particle filter being cleaned automatically, and does not affect the way the vehicle runs.
Running out of fuel
You may start the engine normally after refilling the fuel tank even if you have completely run out of fuel , provided that the battery is well-charged.
However, if after a few seconds, after several attempts, the engine does not start
1
A
Engine smoke opacity label
You can find the information 1 on the label A stuck in the engine compart- ment or, depending on the vehicle, on
the vehicle identification plate ➥ 6.2.
1 Diesel exhaust emissions.
Precautions to be taken in winter
To avoid any faults in icy weather:
– make sure that the battery is always fully charged;
– always keep the diesel tank rela- tively full to prevent water vapour condensing in it and accumulating at the bottom of the tank.
Do not park the vehicle or run the engine in locations where combustible sub- stances or materials such as grass or leaves can come into con- tact with the hot exhaust system.
2.7
ENG_UD76789_5
Particularités des versions Diesel (X62 - Renault)
Special features of Diesel versions special features of diesel versions.............
(current page)
SPECIAL FEATURES OF DIESEL VERSIONS (2/5)
Particle filter
The particle filter is used in the treat- ment of exhaust gases from diesel en- gines.
Depending on the vehicle, the warning light
displayed on the instrument panel indicates that the filter is becom- ing clogged and requires cleaning.
Note: the warning light may reappear if the driving conditions are not fully met with regard to cleaning the filter.
If the vehicle is stopped or the engine speed is below approximately 2,000 rpm before the warning light disappears then you may have to restart the oper- ation.
Automatic regeneration
To do this, when the
warning light is displayed, continue driving ac- cording to traffic conditions and ob- serve the speed limit until the warning lights disappears. If possible, do not let the engine speed drop below
2,000 rpm.
The warning light should go out after 10
The display of the
warning light on the instrument panel may be accom- panied by an increase in engine speed and operation of the cooling system in order to clean the particle filter.
To facilitate the automatic particle filter regeneration, carry out a long driving phase (at least 20 minutes) on main roads every 124 miles
(200 km).
2.8
ENG_UD76789_5
Particularités des versions Diesel (X62 - Renault) filter particle filter .........................................
(current page)
SPECIAL FEATURES OF DIESEL VERSIONS (3/5)
Manual regeneration
(depending on the vehicle)
2
3
If it is not possible to comply with the conditions (driving time required, etc.), the
warning light is displayed on the instrument panel accompanied by the message “Regenerate the parti- cle filter” to indicate that the saturation level is too high for automatic regener- ation.
You must quickly carry out manual re- generation to avoid saturation of the particle filter which may require you to consult an approved dealer.
Manual regeneration of the particle filter leads to high temperature in the exhaust system and exhaust gases.
Precautions must be taken into account
(see below and on the following page) during the process which lasts for ap- proximately 40 minutes.
To do this, when the
the particle filter” message:
warning light is on along with the “Regenerate
– park your vehicle off the road, away from traffic and in a place where it is at least three metres from any obsta- cles or material which could easily ignite or melt (e.g. paper, grass, plastic, dry organic material, etc.);
– apply the handbrake;
– position the gear lever in neutral ( N ) position on vehicles equipped with an automatic gearbox).
Then, with the engine running:
– deactivate the Stop and Start func- tion if the vehicle is equipped with it
– press the 2 or 3 button repeatedly until the message “Regenerate DPF
[long press]” appears;
– press and hold the button 2 until the
“DPF regeneration Ongoing” or “40 min regen-to stop press brake” message appears.
The warning light
flashes.
Wait until the warning light goes out
(approximately 40 minutes).
The message “DPF Regeneration
Completed” is displayed on the instru- ment panel.
If the conditions are not met before or during regeneration, the
warning light goes out and the message “DPF
Regeneration Interrupted” is displayed and the procedure is cancelled.
The “Regenerate DPF [long press]” message will be displayed as soon as the conditions required to renew the manual procedure are once again met.
2.9
ENG_UD76789_5
Particularités des versions Diesel (X62 - Renault)
SPECIAL FEATURES OF DIESEL VERSIONS (4/5)
Note: do not start the regeneration in the event of an insufficient oil or coolant level (oil pressure warning light
À
Ô
lit on the instrument panel). In
or coolant temperature warning light
Regeneration is not possible:
– if the fuel level is too low;
– if the engine is too cold;
– in extreme weather conditions (cold, hot or very high altitude).
During the regeneration process:
– the engine speed first increases to approximately 3,000 rpm in order to warm the engine. It then decreases to approximately 1,700 rpm until the end of the regeneration;
– the fan assemblies are triggered.
This is normal operation to ensure engine cooling;
– white fumes and unusual odours are frequently produced in the exhaust system. This does not indicate that the system is operating incorrectly.
If you need to interrupt the particle filter regeneration, press one of the pedals.
In this case, regeneration will only be partial.
Do not start the regenera- tion in a garage or a con- fined area.
Risk of poisoning or suf- focation by exhaust gas emis- sions.
Make sure that no one is near the exhaust when regenerating.
Risk of burns.
Do not park the vehicle in locations where combustible substances or materials such as grass, leaves or paper may come into contact with or be near to the hot exhaust system.
Fire hazard.
Do not leave your vehicle unsu- pervised during regeneration.
2.10
ENG_UD76789_5
Particularités des versions Diesel (X62 - Renault)
SPECIAL FEATURES OF DIESEL VERSIONS (5/5)
Special cases
If the filter becomes excessively sat- urated, the © warning light and, depending on the vehicle, the
warning light will appear on the instru- ment panel, accompanied by the mes- sage “Check injection”. In this case, please consult an Authorised Dealer.
If the ® warning light and, de- pending on the vehicle, the
warning light appears, accompanied by the “WARNING: Engine Failure Risk” message, stop the vehicle, switch off the engine and contact an Approved
Dealer.
Warning light ® re- quires you to stop immedi- ately, for your own safety, as soon as traffic conditions allow. Switch off the engine and do not restart it. Contact an approved
Dealer.
ENG_UD76789_5
Particularités des versions Diesel (X62 - Renault)
2.11
DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (1/5)
Fuel consumption is accredited in ac- cordance with a standard regulatory method. Identical for all manufactu- rers, this enables vehicles to be com- pared with one another. Consumption in real time depends on vehicle usage conditions, the equipment fitted and the user’s driving style. To optimise fuel consumption, please refer to the fol- lowing advice.
Depending on the vehicle, you will have various functions which enable you to lower your fuel consumption:
– the rev counter;
– gear change indicator;
– the journey record and eco-driving advice via the multimedia display;
– ECO mode activated by the ECO button;
– the Stop and Start function ➥ 2.4.
If fitted on the vehicle, the navigation system provides additional information.
1
A
Gear change indicator 1
To optimise consumption levels, a warning light on the instrument panel or down a gear:
A or B indicates the best time to move up
\
upshift a gear;
[
downshift a gear.
If you regularly follow this indicator, you will reduce your vehicle’s fuel consump- tion.
1
B
2.12
Driving advice, Eco-driving
ECO driving ...............................................
(up to the end of the DU) fuel advice on fuel economy .......................
fuel
(up to the end of the DU) consumption ........................................
(up to the end of the DU) driving recommendations ..........................
(up to the end of the DU) fuel consumption .......................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD57016_1
Conseils de conduite, ECO conduite (X62 - Renault)
DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (2/5)
2
An overall rating from 0 to 100 is dis- played to let you assess your eco driv- ing performance. The higher the rating, the lower the fuel consumption.
Eco advice is given to help improve your performance.
With your favourite journeys saved, you can evaluate your performance.
For more information, please see the multimedia system instructions.
Journey record
Once the engine is switched off, you will see “Journey record” displayed on the screen 2 , enabling you to view in- formation relating to your last journey.
This indicates:
– average fuel consumption;
– number of miles/kilometres travelled;
– number of miles/kilometres saved.
ECO mode .................................................
(current page)
ENG_UD57016_1
Conseils de conduite, ECO conduite (X62 - Renault)
2.13
DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (3/5)
3 3
A B
ECO mode
ECO mode is a function which op- timises fuel consumption. It acts on certain power consuming systems in the vehicle (heating, air conditioning, power-assisted steering, etc.) and on certain driving actions (acceleration, gear changing, cruise control, deceler- ation, etc.).
Limiting acceleration enables low fuel consumption in urban and surrounding areas. When ECO mode is in use, it is normal for changes in the heating level to occur.
Activating the function
Press switch 4 .
The 3
activation.
warning light appears on the instrument panel A or B to confirm
While driving, it is possible to leave the
ECO mode temporarily in order to im- prove engine performance.
To do this, press the accelerator pedal firmly and fully.
ECO mode is reactivated when you take pressure off the accelerator pedal.
4
Disabling the function
Press switch 4 .
Warning light 3 tion.
goes out on the instrument panel to confirm deactiva-
2.14
ENG_UD57016_1
Conseils de conduite, ECO conduite (X62 - Renault)
DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (4/5)
Driving advice, Eco-driving
Behaviour
– Drive carefully for the first few miles until the engine reaches its normal operating temperature, rather than let it warm up while the vehicle is sta- tionary.
– Speed is expensive.
– Dynamic driving with a lot of frequent acceleration and braking is expen- sive on fuel in comparison to the time saved.
– Do not overrev the engine in the intermediate gears.
You should always use the highest gear possible.
– Avoid sudden acceleration.
– Brake as little as possible. If you anticipate an obstacle or bend in advance, you may then simply release the accelerator pedal.
– Do not try to maintain the same speed up a hill, accelerate no more than you would on the level. Keep your foot in the same position on the accelerator pedal.
– Double declutching and accelerating before switching off are unnecessary in modern vehicles.
– Bad weather, flooded roads:
Do not drive through floods if the water is above the lower edge of the wheel rims.
Obstructions to the driver
On the driver’s side, only use mats suitable for the vehicle, attached with the pre-fitted components, and check the fitting regularly. Do not lay one mat on top of another.
There is a risk of wedging the pedals
2.15
ENG_UD57016_1
Conseils de conduite, ECO conduite (X62 - Renault) driving ........................................................
(current page)
DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (5/5)
Tyres
– An underinflated tyre increases fuel consumption.
– The use of non-recommended tyres can increase fuel consumption.
Advice on use
– Favour ECO mode.
– Electricity is fuel; switch off all the electrical components which are not really needed. However (safety first), keep your lights on when the visibility is bad (“see and be seen”).
– Use the air vents. Driving with the windows open at 60 mph (100 km/h) will increase fuel consumption by
4%.
– Never fill the fuel tank right to the brim to avoid overflow.
– In vehicles fitted with air conditioning, it is normal to observe an increase in fuel consumption (especially in urban conditions) when it is used. For vehicles fitted with manual air conditioning, switch off the system when it is not required.
Advice for reducing consumption and therefore helping to preserve the environment:
If the vehicle has been parked in the sun, open the doors for a few moments to let the hot air escape before starting the engine.
– Do not leave an empty roof rack fitted to the vehicle.
– When towing a caravan, fit a wind deflector and adjust it carefully.
2.16
ENG_UD57016_1
Conseils de conduite, ECO conduite (X62 - Renault)
MAINTENANCE AND ANTIPOLLUTION ADVICE
Your vehicle complies with criteria for recycling and recovering vehicles at the end of their service life, which entered into force in 2015.
Some parts of your vehicle have therefore been designed to facilitate future recycling.
These parts are easy to remove so that they can be recovered and reprocessed by recycling companies.
By virtue of its design, moderate fuel consumption and initial settings, your vehicle also conforms to current antipollution regulations. The manufacturer is actively striving to reduce pollutant exhaust gas emissions and to save energy. But the fuel consumption of your vehicle and the level of pollutant exhaust gas emissions are also your responsibility. Ensure that it is maintained and used correctly.
Maintenance
It is important to remember that failure to respect antipollution regulations could lead to legal action being taken against the vehicle owner. In addition, replacing engine, fuel supply system and exhaust components with parts other than those originally recommended by the manufacturer may alter your vehicle so that it no longer complies with antipollution regulations.
Have your vehicle adjusted and checked by an approved Dealer, in accordance with the instructions given in your maintenance schedule: they will have all the equipment necessary for ensuring that your vehicle is maintained to its original standard.
Engine adjustments
– Air filter, diesel filter: a choked el- ement will reduce efficiency. It must be replaced.
– Idle speed: this does not require ad- justment.
Exhaust gas monitoring system
The exhaust gas monitoring system will detect any operating faults in the vehi- cle’s antipollution system.
If this system malfunctions, toxic substances may be released into the atmosphere or damage may occur.
Ä This warning light on the instrument panel will indicate if there are any faults in the system:
This lights up when the ignition is switched on and goes out when the engine is started.
– If it lights up continuously, consult an approved Dealer as soon as possible;
– if it flashes, reduce the engine speed until the light stops flashing. Contact your approved dealer as soon as possible.
2.17
Maintenance and antipollution advice advice on antipollution ...............................
(up to the end of the DU) antipollution advice ..................................................
(current page) maintenance ..............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD57017_1
Conseils antipollution, économie de carburant, conduite (X62 - Renault)
ENVIRONMENT
Your vehicle has been designed with respect for the environment in mind for its entire service life: during production, use and at the end of its life.
Manufacture
Your vehicle has been manufactured at an industrial site which uses a progress policy to reduce environmental impacts on rivers and natural areas (reduction of water and energy consumption, visual and noise pollution, atmospheric emissions and waste water, sorting and reusing waste).
Emissions
Your vehicle has been designed to emit fewer greenhouse gases (CO2) while in use, and therefore to consume less fuel
(eg. 140 g/km, equivalent to 5.3 l/100 km for a diesel vehicle).
Our vehicles are also equipped with a particle filter system including a catalytic converter, an oxygen sensor and an active carbon filter (the latter prevents vapour from the fuel tank being released into the open air).
For certain diesel vehicles, this system also has a particle filter to reduce the volume of soot particles emitted.
Please make your own contribution towards protecting the environment too
– Worn parts replaced in the course of routine vehicle maintenance (vehicle battery, oil filter, air filter, batteries, etc.) and oil containers (empty or filled with used oil) must be disposed of through specialist organisations.
– At the end of the vehicle’s service life, it should be sent to approved centres to ensure that it is recycled.
– In all cases, comply with local legislation.
Recycling
Your vehicle is 85% recyclable and
95% recoverable.
To achieve these objectives, many of the vehicle components have been designed to enable them to be recycled.
The materials and structures have been carefully designed to allow these components to be easily removed and reprocessed by specialist companies.
In order to preserve raw material resources, this vehicle incorporates numerous parts made from recycled plastics or renewable materials (vegetable or animal-derived materials such as cotton or wool).
2.18
ENG_UD62568_5
Environnement (X35 - X44 - X45 - H45 - X65 - S65 - X77 - X81 - X85 - X91 - D91 - X76 - X83 - X61 - B65 - C65 - X77 ph2 - X95 - E95 - J95 - R95 - L38 - E33 - X33 - X38
Environment environment ...............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
GEAR LEVER
1
2
Gear lever
Selecting reverse gear
With the vehicle stationary, move the gear lever into neutral then into reverse.
Follow the grid drawn on gear knob 1 , lift ring 2 against the gear knob to select reverse gear.
The reversing lights will come on as soon as reverse gear is selected (with the ignition on).
Vehicles with a sequential gearbox
An impact to the underside of the vehicle (e.g.: striking a post, raised kerb or other street furniture) may result in damage to the vehicle (e.g.: deformation of an axle).
To avoid any risk of accident, have your vehicle checked by an approved Dealer.
Gearstick gear lever...................................................
(up to the end of the DU) reverse gear selecting ...............................................
(up to the end of the DU) changing gear ............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD57019_1 levier de vitesses /direction assistée (X62 - Renault)
2.19
HANDBRAKE
Make sure that the handbrake is properly released when driving (red indicator light off), otherwise overheating, or even damage, may occur.
2
1
Handbrake
To apply:
Pull lever 1 upwards. Check that the vehicle is immobilised. The warning light
} come on.
on the instrument panel will
To release:
Pull lever 1 up slightly, press button 2 and then lower the lever to the floor.
The warning light
} ment panel will go out.
on the instru-
When the vehicle is stopped, depending on the gradient and/or the vehicle load, it may be necessary to apply the handbrake by at least two further notches and engage a gear
(1 st or reverse).
An impact to the underside of the vehicle (e.g.: striking a post, raised kerb or other street furniture) may result in damage to the vehicle (e.g.: deformation of an axle).
To avoid any risk of accident, have your vehicle checked by an approved Dealer.
4
3
To apply:
Pull lever 4 upwards then release it. It returns to the horizontal position.
To release
Press button 3 and pull lever 4 upwards then place it in a horizontal position.
2.20
Handbrake handbrake..................................................
(current page)
ENG_UD57020_1 frein à main/escamotable (X62 - Renault)
REAR CAMERA (1/3)
1
2
When the ignition is switched on, the 2 screen on the roof centre console dis- plays the view behind the vehicle that is transmitted by the camera 1 .
Note : the 2 screen view may be may be displayed left to right.
Special features
The camera is equipped with an auto- matic de-icer which is activated when the temperature is below approximately
8°C.
Make sure that the 1 camera is not ob- scured (by dirt, mud, snow, condensa- tion etc.).
This function is an additional aid. It cannot, therefore, under any circumstances replace the vigilance or the responsibility of the driver.
The driver should always be ready for sudden incidents while driv- ing: always ensure that there are no small, narrow moving obstacles
(such as a child, animal, pushchair, bicycle, stone, post, etc.) in the blind spot when manoeuvring.
2.21
ENG_UD64443_4
Caméra arrière (X62 - Renault)
Rear camera
REAR CAMERA (2/3)
2
A
Operation
The camera’s field of vision does not cover the entire area behind the vehi- cle, particularly the blind spot area A .
On vehicles equipped with the Stop and Start function, the display remains active when the engine is in standby.
Objects which appear on the edge of screen 2 may be deformed.
In very bright light (snow, vehicle in sunshine, etc.), the camera view may be partially obscured.
In low brightness or poor weather, the image on the screen may be dis- torted.
2.22
ENG_UD64443_4
Caméra arrière (X62 - Renault)
Switching off the function
The display switches of:
– up to approximately ten seconds after the reverse gear is engaged;
– 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off.
REAR CAMERA (3/3)
2
B
3 4 5 6
Adjustment of the display
Accessing the brightness modes
Press button 6 repeatedly to select one of the four preset brightness modes:
– “day” mode;
– “intermediary” mode;
– “night” mode;
– “black screen” mode: allows suspen- sion of the display. Screen 2 displays a black image accompanied by the
“OFF” message. To exit this mode, press button 6 again to access the first brightness mode (“day” mode).
Adjustment of brightness modes
Once the mode has been selected, press button 5 as many times as re- quired to access the type of setting you wish to change:
– brightness;
– contrast;
– colour;
– RESET: resets factory settings.
Press buttons 3 ( + ) or 4 ( ) to adjust the setting.
Note : only the first three modes (“day”,
“intermediary” and “night”) can be set.
Operating faults
When the system detects an operating fault, warning light B appears temporar- ily on screen 2 .
This may be caused a temporary fault affecting the camera or screen (clear- ness, fixed image, delayed communi- cation, etc.).
If the warning light remains on, consult an approved dealer.
Each time the vehicle is started, the function returns to the settings saved at the last engine stop.
2.23
ENG_UD64443_4
Caméra arrière (X62 - Renault)
DRIVING CORRECTION DEVICES AND AIDS (1/6)
Depending on the vehicle, this is com- posed of:
– anti-lock braking system (ABS);
– the electronic stability control
(ESC) with understeer control, side winds assistance and trac- tion control;
– driver assistance with a trailer;
– emergency brake assist;
– traction control;
– hill start assistance.
Other driving assistance systems are detailed on the following pages.
Anti-lock braking system
(ABS)
Under heavy braking, the ABS prevents the wheels from locking, allowing the stopping distance to be managed and keeping control of the vehicle.
Under these circumstances, the vehicle can be steered to avoid an obstacle whilst braking. In addition, this system can increase stopping distances, particularly on roads with low surface grip
(wet ground etc.).
You will feel a pulsation through the brake pedal each time the system is activated. The ABS does not in any way improve the vehicle's physical performance relating to the road surface and road-holding. It is still essential to follow the rules of good driving practice
(such as driving at a safe distance from the vehicle in front etc.).
Operating faults:
– © and x
are shown on the instrument panel with the mes- sages “WARNING: Check ABS” and
“WARNING: Check ESC”: this con- firms that the ABS, ESC and emer- gency braking systems are deacti- vated. Braking is always enabled ;
– x
,
D
, © and ® lit on the instrument panel accom- panied by the message “WARNING:
Braking System”: this indicates a fault with the braking system.
In both cases, please consult an
Authorised Dealer.
In an emergency, apply firm and continuous pressure to the brake pedal. There is no need to pump it repeatedly. The ABS will modu- late the force applied in the braking system.
Your braking systems are partially operational.
However, it is dangerous to brake suddenly and it is essential to stop immediately, as soon as traffic conditions allow. Call an approved Dealer.
2.24
ENG_UD76508_4
Dispositifs de correction et d’assistance à la conduite (X62 - Renault)
Driver correction devices and aids
ABS ...........................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
Hill Start Assist...........................................
(up to the end of the DU) traction control ...........................................
(up to the end of the DU) emergency brake assist.............................
(up to the end of the DU) driving ........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) electronic stability control: ESC .................
(up to the end of the DU)
ESC: electronic stability control .................
(up to the end of the DU) emergency braking ....................................
(up to the end of the DU) anti-lock braking system: ABS ...................
(up to the end of the DU)
DRIVING CORRECTION DEVICES AND AIDS (2/6)
Electronic stability program
(ESC) with understeer control and traction control
Understeer control
This system optimises the action of the
ESC in the case of pronounced under- steer (loss of front axle road holding).
Electronic stability control ESC
This system helps you to keep control of the vehicle in critical driving condi- tions (avoiding an obstacle, loss of grip on a bend, etc.).
Operating principle
A sensor in the steering wheel detects the direction selected by the driver.
Other sensors throughout the vehicle measure the actual direction.
Assistance with side winds
This system optimises the action of the
ESC and also helps to control the vehi- cle in case of variation of side winds.
It helps maintain the vehicle trajectory through the use of the brakes.
If the system is triggered, the warning light appears on the instrument panel.
The system compares driver input to the actual trajectory of the vehicle and corrects the trajectory if necessary by controlling the braking of certain wheels and/or engine power. In the event that the system is engaged, indicator light
flashes on the instrument panel.
These functions are an ad- ditional aid in the event of critical driving conditions, enabling the vehicle behav- iour to be adapted to suit the driving conditions.
The functions do not take the place of the driver. They do not increase the vehicle’s limits and should not encourage you to drive more quickly. Therefore, they can under no circumstances replace the vigi- lance or responsibility of the driver when manoeuvring the vehicle (the driver must always be ready for sudden incidents which may occur when driving).
2.25
ENG_UD76508_4
Dispositifs de correction et d’assistance à la conduite (X62 - Renault)
DRIVING CORRECTION DEVICES AND AIDS (3/6)
Traction control
This system helps to limit wheelspin of the drive wheels and to control the ve- hicle when pulling away accelerating or decelerating.
Operating principle
Using the wheel sensors, the system measures and compares the speed of the drive wheels at all times and slows down their over-rotation. If a wheel is starting to slip, the system brakes au- tomatically until the drive supplied be- comes compatible with the level of grip under the wheel again.
The system also adjusts the engine speed to the grip available under the wheels, independently of the pressure exerted on the accelerator pedal.
Operating faults
When the system detects an operating fault the message “WARNING: Check
ESC” and warning light © and
appear on the instrument panel.
In this case, the ESC and traction con- trol system are deactivated.
Consult an approved dealer.
2.26
ENG_UD76508_4
Dispositifs de correction et d’assistance à la conduite (X62 - Renault)
DRIVING CORRECTION DEVICES AND AIDS (4/6)
Driver assistance with a trailer
This system helps to maintain control over the vehicle while using a trailer.
It detects shaking caused by towing a trailer under certain driving conditions.
Emergency brake assist
This system supplements the ABS and helps reduce vehicle stopping dis- tances.
Operating conditions
– The towbar must be approved by an authorised dealer;
– the harness must be approved by an authorised dealer;
– the towbar must be connected to the vehicle.
Operating principle
The function stabilises the vehicle by:
– asymmetric braking of the front wheels to reduce shaking caused by the trailer;
– braking of all four wheels and limita- tion on engine torque to reduce the vehicle speed until the shaking has stopped.
Warning light
flashes on the in- strument panel to inform the driver.
Operating principle
The system is for detecting an emer- gency braking situation. In this case, the braking assistance immediately de- velops maximum power and may trig- ger ABS regulation.
ABS braking is maintained as long as the brake pedal is applied.
Hazard warning lights switching on
Depending on the vehicle, these may flash in the event of sudden decelera- tion.
Operating faults
When the system detects an operating fault the message “WARNING: Check
ABS” appears on the instrument panel along with the © warning light.
Consult an approved dealer.
2.27
ENG_UD76508_4
Dispositifs de correction et d’assistance à la conduite (X62 - Renault) towing driving ..................................................
(current page)
DRIVING CORRECTION DEVICES AND AIDS (5/6)
Grip control
If fitted on the vehicle, grip control makes it easier to control the vehicle on low grip surfaces (soft ground, etc.).
The system automatically switches to
“Road” mode at speeds above about
31 mph (50 km/h). The message
“Standard road mode on” is displayed on the instrument panel to warn you.
4
These functions are an ad- ditional aid in the event of critical driving conditions, enabling the vehicle behav- iour to be adapted to suit the driving conditions.
The functions do not take the place of the driver. They do not increase the vehicle’s limits and should not encourage you to drive more quickly. Therefore, they can under no circumstances replace the vigi- lance or responsibility of the driver when manoeuvring the vehicle (the driver must always be ready for sudden incidents which may occur when driving).
Press the 4 switch: the message “Grip
Extend Loose Surface ON” is displayed on the instrument panel.
This position enables optimal usage on soft ground (mud, sand, dead leaves, etc.). In this position, engine speed is left under the driver’s control.
Tyres
When they need to be re- placed, only tyres of the same make, size, type and profile should be used.
Tyres fitted to the vehicle should either be identical to those fitted originally or conform to those recommended by your approved dealer.
2.28
ENG_UD76508_4
Dispositifs de correction et d’assistance à la conduite (X62 - Renault) grip control .................................................
(current page)
DRIVING CORRECTION DEVICES AND AIDS (6/6)
Hill start assistance
Depending on the gradient of the in- cline, this system assists the driver when starting on a hill. It prevents the vehicle from rolling backwards (de- pending on the gradient of the incline) by automatically applying the brakes when the driver lifts their foot off the brake pedal to press the accelerator pedal.
System operation
It only operates when the gear lever is in a position other than neutral and the vehicle is completely stationary (brake pedal depressed).
The system holds the vehicle for ap- proximately 2 seconds . The brakes are then gradually released (the vehicle will move according to the slope).
The hill start assistance system cannot completely prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in all sit- uations (extremely steep gradients etc.).
In all cases, the driver may depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehi- cle from rolling backwards.
The hill start assistance function should not be used for prolonged stops: use the brake pedal.
This function is not designed to im- mobilise the vehicle permanently.
If necessary, use the brake pedal to stop the vehicle.
The driver must remain particularly vigilant when driving on slippery or low-grip surfaces.
Risk of serious injury.
HSA: Hill Start Assistance ........................
(current page)
ENG_UD76508_4
Dispositifs de correction et d’assistance à la conduite (X62 - Renault)
2.29
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (1/6)
Depending on the reactivity of the driver, the system can assist with brak- ing in order to limit damage or prevent a collision.
1
Location of the radar 1
Ensure that the radar area is not ob- structed (by dirt, mud, snow, a badly fitted front number plate), impacted, modified (including painting) or hidden by any accessory fitted on the front of the vehicle (on the grille or logo etc.).
Using information from the radar 1 , the system calculates the distance which separates it from the vehicle in front.
The system informs the driver if there is a risk of head-on collision to enable appropriate emergency manoeuvres
(pressing the brake pedal and/or turn- ing the steering wheel).
This function is an addi- tional driving aid. This func- tion is not under any circum- stances intended to replace the due care and attention of the driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle.
2.30
ENG_UD71199_2
Freinage actif d'urgence (X62 - Renault)
Active emergency braking driving aids ................................................
(up to the end of the DU) driver assistance........................................
(up to the end of the DU) driving ........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) pedestrian detection ..................................
(up to the end of the DU) vehicle detection ........................................
(up to the end of the DU) emergency active braking..........................
(up to the end of the DU) emergency braking ....................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (2/6)
Operation
Detection of vehicles
When driving at a speed between ap- proximately 3 mph (5 km/h) and 87 mph
(140 km/h), if there is a risk of collision with the vehicle in front, the system:
– warns you of a collision risk:
the
warning light flashes on the instrument panel and a beep sounds.
If the driver presses the brake pedal and the system still detects a risk of collision, the
warning light continues to flash on the instrument panel, accompanied by a beep, until the system no longer detects any risk of collision.
– The following situations may trig- ger braking:
if the driver fails to react following the alert and collision becomes im- minent.
If the vehicle stopped as a result of active emergency braking, the driver must keep the vehicle stationary by ap- plying the brake pedal.
Note: if the driver uses the vehicle con- trols (steering wheel, pedals, etc.) the system may delay certain operations or not activate.
Depending on the vehicle speed, the system only detects vehicles driving in the same direction of traf- fic or at a standstill. The system may not detect motorcycles because of the difficulty in forecasting their tra- jectory.
Special features of stationary vehicles
Stationary vehicles are detected when your vehicle is being driven at a speed between approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) and 68 mph (110 km/h). The system is not active and does not emit a warning for stationary vehicles when your ve- hicle speed exceeds approximately
68 mph (110 km/h).
In the event of emergency manoeu- vre, you can stop braking at any moment by:
– tapping the accelerator pedal; or
– turning the steering wheel as a collision avoidance manoeuvre.
2.31
ENG_UD71199_2
Freinage actif d'urgence (X62 - Renault)
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (3/6)
2
3
4
Constant illumination of the
warning light on the instrument panel confirms that the system is deactivated.
Pressing and holding button 3 or 4 again will reactivate the system. The warning light strument panel.
goes out on the in-
Activating/deactivating the system
With the vehicle stationary and the ig- nition on:
– repeatedly press button 3 or 4 to select the “Active braking” function on the 2 display;
– press and hold button 3 or 4 (for around three seconds) to deactivate the system.
Constant illumination of the
confirms that the system is deactivated.
warning light on the instrument panel
2.32
This system is reactivated each time the ignition is switched on.
ENG_UD71199_2
Freinage actif d'urgence (X62 - Renault) multifunction screen...................................
(current page)
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (4/6)
Temporarily not available
When the system detects that the func- tion is temporarily unavailable, the
warning light lights up on the instrument panel and stays on, accom- panied by the message “Front radar no visibility”.
There are two possibilities:
– the system is temporarily disrupted
(for example: radar obscured by dirt, mud, snow etc.). In this case, park the vehicle and switch off the engine. Clean the detection zone of the radar. When you next start the engine, the warning light and the message go out;
– if this is not the case, this may arise from another cause; contact an
Approved Dealer.
Operating faults
If the warning lights
and
are illuminated on the instrument a system fault . Consult an approved dealer.
panel accompanied by the message
“Check Active braking” this indicates operating faults ..........................................
(current page) faults operating faults ....................................
(current page)
ENG_UD71199_2
Freinage actif d'urgence (X62 - Renault)
2.33
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (5/6)
Active emergency braking
This function is an additional driving aid. This function is not under any circumstances intended to replace the due care and attention of the driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle. The triggering of this function may be delayed or prevented when the system detects clear signs of control of the vehicle by the driver (action on the steer- ing wheel, pedals etc.).
The system cannot be activated:
– when the gearbox lever is in neutral or the clutch pedal has been depressed during approximately ten seconds;
– when the parking brake is activated;
– when the Electronic Stability Program (ESC) has started;
– while cornering.
System servicing/repairs
– In the event of an impact, the sensor alignment may become changed, and its operation will consequently be affected.
Deactivate the function, then consult an authorised dealer.
– Any work in the area where the radar is located (repairs, replacements, touching up of paintwork) must be carried out by a qualified professional.
Only an authorised dealer is qualified to service the system.
2.34
ENG_UD71199_2
Freinage actif d'urgence (X62 - Renault)
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (6/6)
System disturbance
Some conditions can disturb or damage the operation of the system, such as:
– a complex environment (metal bridge, tunnel etc.);
– poor weather conditions (snow, hail, black ice etc.);
– ...
In these conditions, the system may not react or may brake inadvertently.
Limitation of the system operation
– Each time the vehicle is started, the system carries out a calibration according to the vehicle surroundings and may be in- active for a length of time between approximately two to five minutes.
– A vehicle travelling in the opposite direction will not trigger any alert or any action on the system operation.
– The sensor area should be kept clean and free of any modifications in order to ensure the proper operation of the system.
– The system cannot respond to small vehicles such as motorbikes or bicycles as effectively as to other vehicles.
In these conditions, the system may not react or may brake inadvertently.
Deactivating the function
You must disable the function if:
– the brake lights are not functioning;
– the front of the vehicle has received an impact or has been damaged;
– the vehicle is being towed (breakdowns).
In the event of the system behaving abnormally, deactivate it and consult an authorised dealer.
Halting the function
You can halt the active emergency braking function at any time by tapping the accelerator pedal or by turning the steering wheel in an avoidance manoeuvre.
2.35
ENG_UD71199_2
Freinage actif d'urgence (X62 - Renault)
TYRE PRESSURE LOSS WARNING (1/3)
1
When fitted to the vehicle, this system notifies the driver if one or more tyres lose pressure.
Resetting the standard level for the tyre pressures
This should be done:
– when the standard tyre pressure needs to be changed to adapt to usage conditions (empty, carrying a load, motorway driving, etc.);
– after swapping a wheel (however this practice is not recommended);
– after changing a wheel.
It should always be done after checking the tyre pressure of all four tyres when cold.
Tyre pressures must correspond to the current usage of the vehicle (empty, carrying a load, motorway driving, etc.).
Operating principle
Each wheel (except for the emergency spare wheel) has a sensor in the infla- tion valve which periodically measures the tyre pressure while driving.
Warning light
1 comes on to alert the driver in the event of insuffi- cient pressure (deflated wheel, punc- tured tyre, etc.).
This function is an addi- tional driving aid.
However, the function does not take the place of the driver. It cannot, therefore, under any circumstances replace the vig- ilance or the responsibility of the driver.
Check the tyre pressures, including the emergency spare wheel, once a month.
2.36
ENG_UD57022_1
Avertisseur de perte de pression des pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
Tyre pressure loss warning tyres ...........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) tyre pressure..............................................
(up to the end of the DU) driving ........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) tyre pressure loss warning.........................
(up to the end of the DU)
TYRE PRESSURE LOSS WARNING (2/3)
2
Note:
The standard tyre pressure cannot be less than that recommended and indi- cated on the door frame.
3
4
Display
Display 2 on the instrument panel in- forms you of any tyre pressure faults
(flat tyre, punctured tyre, etc.).
Resetting procedure
With the ignition on:
– repeatedly press button 3 or 4 to select the “Tyre pressure init. long press” function on the display 2 ;
– press and hold (around 3 seconds) button 3 or 4 to start initialisation.
Display of the message “Learning
Tyre Pressures” indicates that the reset request for the tyre pressure reference value has been taken into account.
Reinitialisation is carried out after a few minutes’ driving.
“Adjust Tyre Pressure”
Warning light
Pressure”.
comes on, along with the message “Adjust Tyre
These indicate that at least one tyre is flat.
Check and, if necessary, readjust the pressures of the four wheels when cold.
The warning light
few minutes’ driving.
goes off after a
The sudden loss of pressure in a tyre (burst tyre, etc.) cannot be de- tected by the system.
“Check Tyre Pressure Sensors”
The warning light
comes on steady, accompanied by the message
“Check Tyre Pressure Sensors” and a beep.
This message appears along with the
® warning light.
They indicate that at least one wheel is punctured or severely underinflated.
Replace it or contact an approved dealer if it is punctured. Top up the tyre pressure if the wheel is deflated.
allow.
Warning light ® re- quires you to stop immedi- ately, for your own safety, as soon as traffic conditions
2.37
ENG_UD57022_1
Avertisseur de perte de pression des pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
TYRE PRESSURE LOSS WARNING (3/3)
“Check Tyre Pressure Sensors”
The warning light
flashes for sev- eral seconds, then stays on, along with the message “Check Tyre Pressure
Sensors”.
This message appears along with the
© warning light.
They indicate that at least one tyre is not fitted with sensors (e.g. emergency spare wheel). Otherwise, consult an authorised dealer.
Replacing wheels/tyres
This system requires specific equip- ment (wheels, tyres, hubcaps, etc.).
Contact an approved Dealer to fit new tyres and to find out about available ac- cessories compatible with the system and available from your dealer net- work: the use of any other accessory could affect the correct operation of the system or damage a sensor.
Readjustment of tyre pressures
The tyre pressures must be adjusted when cold (please refer to the label lo- cated on the edge of the driver’s door).
If tyre pressures cannot be checked when the tyres are cold , the recom- mended pressures must be increased by 0.2
to 0.3 bar ( 3 PSI).
Never deflate a hot tyre.
Emergency spare wheel
If the vehicle is equipped with an emer- gency spare wheel, it will not have a sensor. When it is fitted on the vehicle,
flashes for sev- the warning light eral seconds, then stays on, together with the warning light © and the message “Check Tyre Pressure
Sensors” appears on the instrument panel.
Tyre repair product and inflation kit
As the valves are specifically designed, only use equipment approved by the approved network.
Changing a wheel
The system may take sev- eral minutes depending on use for the new wheel pres- sures to be recognised; check the tyre pressures after all operations.
2.38
ENG_UD57022_1
Avertisseur de perte de pression des pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (1/4)
1
Location of the camera 1
Make sure the windscreen is not ob- scured (by dirt, mud, snow, condensa- tion etc.).
Using information from the camera 1 , the function warns the driver if he crosses a continuous or broken line without activating the direction indica- tor lights.
Lane departure warning lane departure warning ..............................
(up to the end of the DU)
This function is an additional driving aid. This function is not under any circumstances intended to replace the due care and attention of the driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle.
The lane departure warning function does not correct the vehicle’s trajectory.
2.39
ENG_UD72258_5
Alerte de sortie de voie (X62 - Renault)
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (2/4)
A
2
With the ignition on, the function is acti- vated by default.
Deactivating/Activating the function
To deactivate it, press the 2 switch:
– the message “Lane departure warn- ing off” is displayed on the instru- ment panel A ;
warning light disappears – the from the instrument panel A and is displayed in orange underneath the speedometer 3 .
To activate the function, press the 2 switch:
– the message “Lane departure warn- ing on” is displayed on the instru- ment panel A ;
– the
warning light is displayed in grey on the instrument panel A .
3
Operation
The function is set to notify the driver if:
– the vehicle speed is greater than ap- proximately 37 mph (60 km/h); and
– lines are detected.
The
warning light is displayed in white on the instrument panel A to notify the driver.
2.40
ENG_UD72258_5
Alerte de sortie de voie (X62 - Renault)
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (3/4)
A
Operation (continued)
The function triggers an alert if a line is crossed without the direction indica- tors being activated.
The function alerts the driver:
– by emitting a beep; and
– the
warning light flashes in white on the instrument panel A .
3
Temporarily not available
– Very fast lane departure;
– driving continuously on a line;
– four seconds approximately after changing lanes;
– tight bends;
– impaired visibility;
– activation of one of the direction indi- cator lights;
– strong acceleration;
– ...
When the function is not available, the
warning light is displayed in grey on the instrument panel A .
Conditions for non-activation of the system
The system cannot be activated when:
– the vehicle speed is less than ap- proximately 37 mph (60 km/h);
– reverse gear is engaged;
– the field of vision of the camera is ob- structed;
– the
û
warning light is displayed.
The
warning light is displayed in grey on the instrument panel A .
Operating faults
In the event of a malfunction:
– the
warning light disappears;
– the “Lane Departure Warning Check” message is displayed on the instru- ment panel light © .
A along with the warning
Consult an approved dealer.
2.41
ENG_UD72258_5
Alerte de sortie de voie (X62 - Renault)
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (4/4)
This function is an additional driving aid. This function is not under any circumstances intended to replace the due care and attention of the driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle.
System servicing/repairs
– In the event of an impact, the camera alignment may be changed, and its operation may consequently be affected. Deactivate the function, then consult an authorised dealer.
– Any work in the area where the camera is located (repairs, replacements, windscreen modifications etc.) must be carried out by a qualified professional.
Only an authorised dealer is qualified to service the system.
In the event of system disturbance
Some conditions can disrupt or damage the operation of the system, for example:
– a complex environment (tunnel etc.);
– poor weather conditions (snow, hail, black ice etc.);
– poor visibility (night, fog etc.);
– road markings which are worn, lacking in contrast or very widely spaced from one another (lines partially erased etc);
– being dazzled (glaring sun, lights of vehicles travelling in the opposite direction etc.);
– the road is narrow, winding or undulating (tight bends etc.);
– closely following a vehicle travelling in the same lane.
Risk of false alarms or absence of warnings
2.42
ENG_UD72258_5
Alerte de sortie de voie (X62 - Renault)
BLIND SPOT WARNING (1/6)
1
A
1
A
Using information from the sensors 1 installed on each side of the rear bumper, the system notifies the driver when another vehicle appears in detec- tion zone A .
The system is activated when the ve- hicle’s speed is between approximately
19 mph (30 km/h) and 87 mph
(140 km/h).
Special feature
Make sure that the 1 sensors are not obscured (by dirt, mud, snow, etc.).
If a sensor is obscured, the message
“Blind spot clean sensor” will appear on the instrument panel. Clean the sen- sors.
This function is an addi- tional driving aid.
This function is not under any circumstances in- tended to replace the due care and attention of the driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle.
2.43
ENG_UD60008_2
Avertisseur d’angle mort (X62 - Renault)
Blind spot warning blind spot warning signal ...........................
(up to the end of the DU) blind spot: warning signal ..........................
(up to the end of the DU) driving aids ................................................
(up to the end of the DU) driver assistance........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
BLIND SPOT WARNING (2/6)
1 4
B
5
2
C 4
3
D
Deactivation/activation
Press 3 to deactivate the function.
Warning light 2 comes on.
Pressing again reactivates the function.
Le warning light 2 disappears and the message “blind spot alert activated” is displayed on the instrument panel.
Indicator 4
An indicator light 4 is located on each rear view mirror 5 .
Note: clean the rear view mirrors 5 reg- ularly so that the indicators 4 can be seen.
Operation
This function gives a warning:
– when the vehicle speed is between approximately 19 mph (30 km/h) and
87 mph (140 km/h); and
– when another vehicle is in the blind spot area A and travelling in the same direction as your vehicle.
When the engine is started, the system remembers its last recorded position when the ignition was last switched off.
2.44
The function does not notify the driver if the other vehicles are not moving.
ENG_UD60008_2
Avertisseur d’angle mort (X62 - Renault)
BLIND SPOT WARNING (3/6)
B
C
D
4
If you overtake another vehicle, the in- dicator 4 will only come on if that vehi- cle remains for a long enough period in your vehicle’s blind spot A .
Display B
The function is activated and has not detected any vehicles.
Display C
First warning: when the direction in- dicator is not activated , the 4 warning light signals that a vehicle is detected in the blind spot.
Display D
When the direction indicator is acti- vated , the 4 warning light flashes if a vehicle is detected in the blind spot on the side towards which you are about to steer. If you cancel the direction indica- tor, the function will return to the initial warning (display C ).
Conditions for non-function
– If the object is not moving;
– if traffic is heavy;
– the road is winding;
– if front and rear sensors both detect an object at the same time (e.g. when passing an articulated lorry).
– ...
If the vehicle is equipped with a towbar recognised by the system, the mes- sage “Trailer: blind spot warning OFF” is displayed on the instrument panel in- forming you that the function is not op- erational. For information on the range of equipment adapted to your vehicle, we advise you to consult an approved
Dealer.
The system’s detection range oper- ates according to a standard lane width. When driving in a narrow lane, the function may warn you when a vehicle is detected further away than the nearest lane.
Due to the presence of sensors in the bumper, it is advisable to en- trust any operation on the bumper
(repair, replacement, paintwork, etc.) to a qualified professional.
2.45
ENG_UD60008_2
Avertisseur d’angle mort (X62 - Renault)
BLIND SPOT WARNING (4/6)
4
B
C
D
Operating faults
If the system detects a fault, the mes- sage “Check blind spot alert” is dis- played on the instrument panel. Call an approved Dealer.
Note: when the engine is started, the indicator light 4 , display B , flashes three times. It is normal.
– The system’s detection range operates according to a standard lane width. If you are driving in wide traf- fic lanes, the system might not be able to detect a vehicle in the blind spot.
– The system might be disrupted momentarily if it is exposed to strong electromagnetic waves
(as beneath high-tension power lines) or to very poor weather conditions (heavy rain, snow etc.). Remain aware of driving conditions.
There is a risk of accidents.
2.46
ENG_UD60008_2
Avertisseur d’angle mort (X62 - Renault)
BLIND SPOT WARNING (5/6)
This function is an additional driving aid. This function is not under any circumstances intended to replace the due care and attention of the driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle.
The driver should always adapt their speed to the traffic conditions, regardless of the system indications.
The system should under no circumstances be taken to be an obstacle detector or an anti-collision system.
System servicing/repairs
– In the event of an impact, the alignment of the sensors may be changed and its operation may consequently be affected.
Deactivate the function and consult an authorised dealer.
– Any work in the area where the sensors are located (repairs, replacements, etc.) must be carried out by a qualified profes- sional.
Only an authorised dealer is qualified to service the system.
System disturbance
Some conditions can disrupt or damage the operation of the system, for example:
– complex surroundings (metal bridges, tunnels, roads with barriers at the edge, etc.);
– poor weather conditions (snow, hail, black ice, etc.).
Risk of false alarms or absence of warnings
In the event of the system behaving abnormally, deactivate it and consult an authorised dealer.
2.47
ENG_UD60008_2
Avertisseur d’angle mort (X62 - Renault)
BLIND SPOT WARNING (6/6)
Limitation of the system operation
– The area around the sensors should be kept clean and free of any modifications in order to ensure the proper opera- tion of the system.
– Small objects moving close to the vehicle (motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.) may not be recognised by the system.
– When turning into a bend, the radars may temporarily cease to detect vehicles in adjacent lanes.
– The system may not provide a warning when the other vehicles are travelling at a significantly different speed.
– The vehicle is travelling on a winding road.
Deactivating the function
You must disable the function if:
– the area around the sensors has been damaged;
– the vehicle is fitted with a towbar that is not recognised by the system.
2.48
ENG_UD60008_2
Avertisseur d’angle mort (X62 - Renault)
SPEED LIMITER (1/3)
The speed limiter function helps you stay within the driving speed limit that you choose, known as the limit speed .
1 2 3 4
6
Speed limiter cruise control-speed limiter........................
(up to the end of the DU) speed limiter ..............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
5
Controls
1 Speed limiter activation, memory and increase (+).
2 Decrease limit speed (-).
3 Speed limiter function standby (with limited speed memory) (O).
4 Activation and recall of memorised limit speed (R).
5 Main “On/Off” switch.
Switching on
Press the side switch 5 ing light 6
. The warncomes on, lit orange, and the message “SPEED LIMITER” appears on the instrument panel, accompanied by dashes to indicate that the speed limiter is activated and waiting to store a speed limit.
To store the current speed, press switch 1 (+): the limited speed replaces the dashes.
The minimum stored speed is 19 mph
(30 km/h).
2.49
ENG_UD63863_2 régulateur-limiteur de vitesse : fonction limiteur (X62 - Renault)
SPEED LIMITER (2/3)
1 2
Driving
When a limited speed has been stored and this speed is not reached, driving is similar to driving a vehicle without the speed limiter function.
Once you have reached the stored speed, no effort on the accelerator pedal will allow you to exceed the programmed speed except in an emergency (refer to information on
“Exceeding the limit speed”).
Varying the limit speed
The limit speed may be changed by repeatedly pressing:
– switch 1 (+) to increase speed;
– switch 2 (-) to reduce speed.
Exceeding the limit speed
It is possible to exceed the limit speed at any moment. To do this: press the accelerator pedal firmly and fully
(beyond the kickdown point).
If the speed is exceeded, the limited speed flashes on the instrument panel accompanied by a beep.
Then, as far as is possible, release the accelerator pedal: the speed limiter function will return as soon as you reach a speed lower than the memorised speed.
Limited speed cannot be maintained
When driving down a steep gradient, the system is unable to maintain the limit speed: the memorised speed will flash on the instrument panel and an audible signal sounds at regular inter- vals to inform you of this situation.
The speed limiter function is in no way linked to the braking system.
2.50
ENG_UD63863_2 régulateur-limiteur de vitesse : fonction limiteur (X62 - Renault)
SPEED LIMITER (3/3)
1 2
3 4
5
Putting the function on standby
The speed limiter function is suspended when you press switch 3 (O). In this case, the speed limit remains stored and the message “Memorised ˮ, accom - panied by this speed, appears on the instrument panel.
Recalling the limit speed
If a speed has been memorised, it can be recalled by pressing switch 4 (R).
Switching off the function
The speed limiter function is deactivated when you press switch 5 . In this case, the speed is no longer memorised. The instrument panel orange indicator light goes out, confirming that the function is deactivated.
When the speed limiter is set to standby, pressing switch 1 (+) re- activates the function without taking into account the memorised speed: it is the speed at which the vehicle is moving that is taken into account.
ENG_UD63863_2 régulateur-limiteur de vitesse : fonction limiteur (X62 - Renault)
2.51
CRUISE CONTROL (1/4)
The cruise control function helps you to maintain your driving speed at a speed that you choose, called the cruising speed .
This cruising speed may be set at any speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).
1 2
3 4
5
Controls
1 Cruising speed activation, storage and increase switch (+).
2 Decreasing cruising speed (-).
3 Switch the function to standby (with cruising speed saved) (O).
4 Activation with recall of saved cruis- ing speed (R).
5 Main “On/Off” switch.
This function is an addi- tional driving aid. The func- tion does not take the place of the driver.
Therefore, it can under no circumstances replace the driver’s responsibility to respect speed limits and to be vigilant (the driver must always be ready to brake).
Cruise control must not be used in heavy traffic, on undulating or slippery roads (black ice, aquaplaning, gravel) and during bad weather
(fog, rain, side winds etc.).
There is a risk of accidents.
The cruise control function is in no way linked to the braking system.
2.52
ENG_UD63864_3 régulateur-limiteur de vitesse : fonction régulateur (X62 - Renault)
Cruise control cruise control-speed limiter........................
(up to the end of the DU) cruise control .............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
CRUISE CONTROL (2/4)
1 2 7
6
Driving
Once a cruising speed is memorised and the cruise control function is active, you may lift your foot off the accelera- tor pedal.
5
Switching on
Press switch 5 on the side showing .
Indicator light 6 comes on, lit green, and the message “Cruise Control” ap- pears on the instrument panel, accom- panied by dashes to indicate that the cruise control function is activated and waiting to store a cruising speed.
Activating cruise control
At a steady speed over approximately
18 mph (30 km/h) press the switch 1 (+) or 2 (-): the function is activated and the current speed is stored.
The cruising speed replaces the dashes and the cruise control is confirmed by the appearance of warning light 7 lit green, as well as warning light 6 .
ENG_UD63864_3 régulateur-limiteur de vitesse : fonction régulateur (X62 - Renault)
Please note that you must keep your feet close to the pedals in order to react in an emergency.
2.53
CRUISE CONTROL (3/4)
1 2
Adjusting the cruising speed
The cruising speed may be changed by pressing the following repeatedly:
– the switch 1 (+) to increase the speed;
– the switch 2 (-) to reduce the speed.
Exceeding the cruising speed
The cruising speed may be exceeded at any time by depressing the accelerator pedal. While it is being exceeded, the cruising speed flashes on the instrument panel.
Then, release the accelerator pedal: after a few seconds, the vehicle will automatically return to its set cruising speed.
Cruising speed cannot be maintained
When driving down a steep gradient, the system is unable to maintain the cruising speed: the stored speed will flash on the instrument panel information display to inform you of this situation.
2.54
The cruise control function is in no way linked to the braking system.
ENG_UD63864_3 régulateur-limiteur de vitesse : fonction régulateur (X62 - Renault)
CRUISE CONTROL (4/4)
1 2
3 4
5
Putting the function on standby
The function is set to standby if you:
– the button 3 (O);
– the brake pedal;
– the clutch pedal or shift into neutral if the vehicle is fitted with a sequential gearbox.
In all three cases, the cruising speed remains stored and the message
“Memorised” appears on the instrument panel.
Standby is confirmed when the green
indicator light goes out.
Recalling the cruising speed
If a speed is memorised, it can be recalled, once you are sure that the road conditions are suitable (traffic, road surface, weather conditions, etc.).
Press the switch 4 (R) if the vehicle speed is above 19 mph (30 km/h).
When recalling the stored speed, acti- vation of the cruise control is confirmed by the indicator light coming on.
Note: if the speed previously stored is much higher than the current speed, the vehicle will accelerate more rapidly to reach this threshold.
When the cruise control is set to standby, pressing the switch 1 (+) reactivates the cruise control func- tion without taking into account the stored speed: it is the speed at which the vehicle is moving that is taken into account.
Switching off the function
The cruise control function is deacti- vated when you press the 5 switch. In this case, the speed is no longer stored.
The and indicator lights on the instrument panel go out, confirming that the function is deactivated.
Putting the cruise control on standby or switching it off does not cause a rapid reduction in speed: you must brake by depressing the brake pedal.
2.55
ENG_UD63864_3 régulateur-limiteur de vitesse : fonction régulateur (X62 - Renault)
VEHICLE WITH OVERSPEED FUNCTION
Special case: if your vehicle is fitted with the Cruise control/Speed limiter, fully pressing the accelerator pedal
(beyond the kickdown point) will not enable you to exceed the overspeed
1
The vehicle speed may be permanently set at a fixed value depending on the vehicle or on local legislation.
To adjust the value or activate/deactivate the function, consult an approved dealer.
In the event of statutory limits (depending on the vehicle), this function may not be deactivated.
Label 1 attached to the dashboard shows the speed limit.
In exceptional circumstances (e.g. steep gradient), the overspeed function speed may be exceeded slightly as the function does not affect the braking system.
The function does not take the place of the driver.
Under no circumstances should it replace observation of speed limits nor vigilance and responsibility on the part of the driver.
2.56
ENG_UD59996_2 véhicule avec la fonction "bridage vitesse" (X62 - Renault)
Overspeed function driving ........................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (1/6)
1
The system detects obstacles to the front, the rear and the sides of the ve- hicle.
The parking distance control system is only activated when the vehicle is driven at a speed below approximately
6 mph (10 km/h).
The function does not take into account towing or carrying systems that are not recognised by the system.
Operating principle
Ultrasonic sensors, indicated by the arrows 1 , are fitted in the rear bumper
(and in the front bumper, depending on the vehicle) to measure the distance between the vehicle and an obstacle.
This measurement is indicated by beeps which become more frequent the closer you come to the obstacle, until they become a continuous beep when the vehicle is approximately 30 centi- metres from the obstacle.
Location of the ultrasonic sensors 1
Ensure that the ultrasonic sensors indi- cated by the arrows 1 are not obscured
(by dirt, mud, snow, a badly fitted/at- tached number plate), impacted, mod- ified (including paintwork) or obstructed by any accessory fitted to the rear and/ or, depending on the vehicle, to the front or sides of your vehicle.
This function is an addi- tional driving aid.
Under no circumstances should it replace the driv- er’s care or responsibility whilst re- versing.
The driver should always be ready for sudden incidents while driv- ing: always ensure that there are no small, narrow moving obstacles
(such as a child, animal, pushchair, bicycle, stone, post etc.) in the blind spot when manoeuvring.
2.57
ENG_UD76510_9
Aide au parking (X62 - Renault)
Parking distance control parking distance control.............................
(up to the end of the DU)
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (2/6)
2
Operation
Most objects located near the rear and, depending on the vehicle, near the front end are detected.
Depending on the distance of the ob- stacle, the frequency of the beep will increase as it approaches and will become a continuous beep at around
30 cm from an obstacle behind the ve- hicle or in front of it, depending on the vehicle. The areas are shown on the 2 display.
Note: in the event of a change in tra- jectory during a manoeuvre, the risk of collision with an obstacles may be sig- nalled late.
Note: the display 2 shows the vehicle surroundings and emits beeps.
If all areas have a grey background, the whole area around the vehicle is being monitored.
An impact to the under- side of the vehicle while manoeuvring (e.g.: strik- ing a post, raised kerb or other street furniture) may result in damage to the vehicle (e.g.: defor- mation of an axle).
To avoid any risk of accident, have your vehicle checked by an ap- proved Dealer.
2.58
ENG_UD76510_9
Aide au parking (X62 - Renault)
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (3/6)
3
4
5
Deactivating the system
Vehicles fitted with a multimedia system
On the multimedia screen 3 , select the “SETTINGS” menu followed by
“VEHICLE”, “Parking assistance” then choose “ONˮ or “OFFˮ to activate or de - activate Park Assist.
Vehicles not fitted with a multimedia system
With the vehicle stopped, press the 5 button to deactivate the system.
Warning light 4 appears to indicate that the system is deactivated.
Pressing the switch again will reacti- vate the system and switch off the in- dicator light.
An impact to the under- side of the vehicle while manoeuvring (e.g.: strik- ing a post, raised kerb or other street furniture) may result in damage to the vehicle (e.g.: defor- mation of an axle).
To avoid any risk of accident, have your vehicle checked by an ap- proved Dealer.
2.59
ENG_UD76510_9
Aide au parking (X62 - Renault)
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (4/6)
Deactivating the parking distance control manually
You must disable the function if:
– if towing, carrying or trailer equip- ment that is unrecognised by the system is present in front of the ul- trasonic sensors;
– in the event of damage to the ultra- sonic sensors.
Automatic deactivation of the parking distance control
The system is deactivated:
– when the vehicle speed is above ap- proximately 6 mph (10 km/h);
– depending on the vehicle, when the vehicle is stationary for more than approximately five seconds and an obstacle is detected (such as when in a traffic jam, etc.);
– when the vehicle is in neutral
(manual gearbox) or in N position
(sequential gearbox);
– when an operating fault is detected.
Note: if the vehicle is fitted with a towbar recognised by the system, only the rear Park Assist is deactivated.
Operating faults
Depending on the vehicle, when the system detects an operating fault, the message “Check Park Assist” appears on the instrument panel, accompanied by the warning light © and a beep lasting approximately three seconds.
Consult an approved dealer.
2.60
ENG_UD76510_9
Aide au parking (X62 - Renault)
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (5/6)
System servicing/repairs
– In the event of an impact, the alignment of the sensors may be altered and their operation may consequently be affected.
Deactivate the function and consult an authorised dealer.
– Any work in the area where the sensors are located (repairs, replacements, etc.) must be carried out by a qualified profes- sional.
Only an authorised dealer is qualified to service the system.
System disturbance
Some conditions can disrupt or damage the operation of the system, for example:
– poor weather conditions (rain, snow, hail, black ice, etc.);
– in the event of exposure to strong electromagnetic waves (under high-voltage lines, etc.);
– some types of noise (motorcycle, lorry, pneumatic drill etc.);
– fitting a non-compatible towing ball or hook;
– ...
Risk of false alarms or absence of warnings
In the event of the system behaving abnormally, deactivate it and consult an authorised dealer.
2.61
ENG_UD76510_9
Aide au parking (X62 - Renault)
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (6/6)
Limitation of the system operation
– The area around the sensors must be kept clean and free of any modifications in order to ensure the proper operation of the system.
– Small objects moving close to the vehicle (motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.) may not be recognised by the system.
– The system may not detect objects that are too close to the vehicle.
– The system may not provide a warning when the other vehicles or objects are travelling at a significantly different speed.
– When there is a change in trajectory during a manoeuvre, the system may be slow in reporting obstacles.
– When the vehicle is towing a trailer, the rear Park Assist system must be deactivated.
Deactivating the function
You must disable the function if:
– the area around the sensors has been damaged;
– the vehicle is equipped with a towing device that is not recognised by the system (electrical adapter, ball, hook, etc.).
2.62
ENG_UD76510_9
Aide au parking (X62 - Renault)
REVERSING CAMERA (1/2)
3
1
2
Operation
Moving into reverse gear, the camera 1 located on the tailgate or, depending on the vehicle, on the rear hinged door, provides a view of the area behind the vehicle on the rear-view mirror 2 or, de- pending on the vehicle, on the multi- media display 3 , accompanied by two moving or fixed guide lines 4 and 5 .
Note: make sure that the reversing camera is not obscured (by dirt, mud, snow, condensation, etc.).
Note: depending on the vehicle, you can adjust certain settings from the multimedia display 3 . Refer to the handbook for the equipment.
This function is an additional aid. It cannot, therefore, under any circum- stances replace the vigilance or the responsibility of the driver.
The driver should always be ready for sudden incidents while driving: always ensure that there are no small, narrow moving obstacles (such as a child, animal, pushchair, bicycle, stone, post, etc.) in the blind spot when manoeuvring.
2.63
ENG_UD64519_3
Caméra de recul (X62 - Renault)
Reversing camera rear view camera .......................................
(up to the end of the DU)
REVERSING CAMERA (2/2)
4
5
C
A
B
This gauge remains fixed and indicates the vehicle trajectory if the wheels are in line with the vehicle.
This system is initially used with the aid of several gauges (mobile for trajectory and fixed for distance). When the red zone is reached, use the bumper image to stop accurately.
The width of the guide lines corre- sponds to the width of the vehicle in- cluding the door mirrors.
Dynamic gauge 4 (depending on the vehicle)
This is shown in blue on the multimedia display 3 . It indicates the vehicle tra- jectory according to the position of the steering wheel.
Static guide line 5:
The fixed clearance gauge comprises coloured markers A , B and C , indicat- ing the distance behind the vehicle:
– A (red) approximately 30 centimetres from the vehicle;
– B (yellow) approximately 70 centimetres from the vehicle;
– C (green) approximately 150 centimetres from the vehicle.
2.64
ENG_UD64519_3
Caméra de recul (X62 - Renault)
The screen shows a reverse image.
The frames are a representation projected on a flat surface. This in- formation is to not be taken into ac- count when superimposed on a vertical object or an object on the ground.
Objects which appear on the edge of the screen may be deformed.
In very bright light (snow, vehicle in sunshine etc.), the camera vision may be adversely affected.
If the rear doors are open or poorly closed, the camera display disap- pears and, depending on the vehi- cle, the message “WARNING: Boot
Open” appears.
POWER TAKE-OFF
1
Operating faults
If the warning light incorporated in the 1 switch does not appear and the power take-off does not start:
– with the clutch pedal depressed, press switch 1 and release the clutch pedal then repeat the procedure;
– or gradually release the clutch pedal.
Switching off the function
– Depress the clutch pedal;
– press switch 1 . The warning light in- corporated in the 1 switch goes out after approximately two seconds.
Operating the function
With the vehicle stopped, the engine idling, the gearbox in neutral:
– depress the clutch pedal;
– press switch 1 . The warning light in- corporated in the 1 switch appears;
– release the clutch pedal. The idle speed increases to 1,200 rpm.
When the power take-off is en- gaged, do not change gear. If it be- comes necessary to change gear, you must first disconnect the power take-off.
2.65
ENG_UD57029_1
Prise de mouvement (X62 - Renault)
Power take-off
FAST IDLE SPEED
1
Press control 1 , and the function will be activated after a few seconds.
Modifying fast idle speed
To increase or reduce the speed, contact an approved dealer.
Switching off the function
The function is interrupted when:
– you depress the clutch pedal and/or accelerator pedal;
– the sequential gearbox is not in neutral;
– the vehicle speed is above 0 mph;
– the ® indicator light is lit up on the instrument panel;
– the © indicator light is lit up on the instrument panel;
– the
Ô
indicator light is lit up on the instrument panel.
2.66
Fast idle speed idle speed ..................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
Special feature of the Stop and
Start function: activating the “Fast
Idle Speed” function prevents the engine from going into standby.
ENG_UD57030_1 ralenti accéléré (X62 - Renault)
SELF-LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL
The self-locking differential controls the torque transmitted to each rear wheel.
Depending on the grip conditions on the road surface, and at low speeds
(under 20 mph/30 kph), this device enables wheel torque to move automatically, thereby providing increased grip.
This enables the grip potential of each wheel to be used to the fullest possible extent, thereby enabling the vehicle to run over areas with decreased grip
(e.g.: work sites, muddy ground, etc.).
Once the rear wheels return to surfaces with normal grip (eg: return to paved roads), the self-locking differential device will be deactivated, sometimes accompanied by a noise (with no con- sequence to vehicle behaviour). You have the option of turning this device off yourself, once normal grip condi- tions have resumed, by briefly releas- ing the accelerator
This function is an additional driving aid.
However, it does not increase the vehicle’s limits and should not encourage you to drive more quickly.
It cannot, therefore, under any circumstances replace the vigilance or the responsibility of the driver.
ENG_UD57031_1
Différentiel à glissement limité (X62 - Renault)
Self-locking differential
2.67
SEQUENTIAL GEARBOX (1/5)
1
4
2
Selector lever 1
– This allows you to shift directly from first gear to reverse gear, to select reverse gear and neutral and to change gear in manual mode.
– It also allows you to switch between manual and automatic modes at any time, with the engine switched on and reverse gear engaged, by moving the lever to the left.
Note: the selector lever automatically returns to the centre position after each use.
3
Display
2 Gear display
The gear engaged in manual mode
( M1 , M2 , M6 ), neutral gear ( N ), or the reverse gear ( R ) is shown on the instrument panel display. In au- tomatic mode, (D) is displayed fol- lowed by the gear selected ( D1, D2,
D6 ).
3 Load mode
4 Brake pedal depressed warning light
Operation
Switch on the ignition.
The display on the instrument panel switches on.
If neutral (N) is displayed and is ac- companied (depending on the vehicle), by the 4 warning light; press the brake pedal and start the engine but do not accelerate.
If a gear other than neutral is engaged,
N flashes on the display accompanied by the 4 warning light; press the brake pedal and place the lever in position N .
Start the engine.
Note: do not attempt to start the engine by pushing the vehicle if the battery is flat (the display remains off when the ignition is switched on).
2.68
SEQUENTIAL gearbox gear lever...................................................
(up to the end of the DU) sequential gearbox ....................................
(up to the end of the DU) automatic gearbox selector lever...............
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD60260_2
Boite de vitesses Quickshift (X62 - Renault)
SEQUENTIAL GEARBOX (2/5)
Starting
Moving forwards (starting in neutral)
The display indicates gears N and D.
– Brake pedal depressed.
Push the selection lever forward and release it.
– Release the brake pedal and accelerate gently to move forwards.
Reverse gear (vehicle stationary)
– Brake pedal depressed.
Push the selection lever towards the right and to the rear as shown on the base of the lever, and then release it. Reverse gear is engaged and the letter R appears on the display.
– Release the brake pedal:
– the engine’s idle speed is suffi- cient for parking manoeuvres;
– accelerate gently to reverse.
You may shift from reverse gear to a forwards gear by pushing the lever forwards once the vehicle is stationary.
Note: when the vehicle is stationary, you must depress the brake pedal to engage or disengage a gear. Otherwise, warning light 4 will come on.
Gear shift pattern
(see the marking on the lever base)
+ : to move up through the gears
– : to move down through the gears
N : neutral
R : Reverse
● : only stable position of the lever
D/M : to switch from automatic mode to manual mode and vice versa
Exactly like a vehicle equipped with a manual gearbox, a vehicle equipped with a sequential gearbox is unable to prevent the vehicle from rolling on a slope if the handbrake is not applied or the brake pedal constantly depressed.
2.69
ENG_UD60260_2
Boite de vitesses Quickshift (X62 - Renault) reverse gear selecting ...............................................
(current page)
SEQUENTIAL GEARBOX (3/5)
Operation in semiautomatic mode (manual)
This mode can be activated at any time when driving by pushing the lever to the left. The mode is switched without shifting up a gear.
You can initiate gear changes using the selector lever.
To shift up a gear, push the selector lever forwards; the accelerator pedal does not have to be lifted.
To shift down a gear, push the selector lever backwards; the accelerator pedal does not have to be lifted.
The system will not tolerate a series of up or down changes that cause the engine to underrev or overrev.
By pushing the lever forwards twice you can move up two gears at a time
(except if underrevving). By pushing the lever backwards twice you can move down two gears at a time (unless this causes overrevving).
When decelerating with the foot off the pedal, the gears will automatically drop to the low engine speed limit to avoid stalling. First gear automatically shifts below a certain speed limit. You can stop the vehicle at red lights or junctions etc. by depressing the brake pedal; there is no need to change to neutral (N) .
The vehicle will move off again:
– either slowly, if you release the brake without accelerating (e.g. when in a traffic jam);
– or quickly, if you release the brake and accelerate.
Note: neutral may only be selected when the vehicle is being driven or is stationary when the brake pedal is depressed (if you forget, warning light 4 will come on) .
Push the gear selector lever to the right to engage neutral.
If the engine speed is too high or too low, the system will choose the opti- mum gear.
Semiautomatic mode can be deactivated and reactivated at any time when the engine is running by pushing the lever to the left.
2.70
ENG_UD60260_2
Boite de vitesses Quickshift (X62 - Renault)
SEQUENTIAL GEARBOX (4/5)
Operation in automatic mode
Automatic mode is selected by default every time the ignition is switched on.
The letter D appears on the display.
The vehicle is controlled using the ac- celerator and the brake. Gears will change automatically at the correct moment and at a suitable engine speed because the automatic mode takes the road surface and the chosen driving style into consideration.
Gears may be shifted manually in this mode. Pushing the lever forwards or backwards shifts a gear upwards
(except if there is a risk of underrevving) or downwards (except if there is a risk of overrevving).
Note: automatic mode takes account of:
– the position and speed of depression of the accelerator pedal to assess driving style and select the optimum gear;
– action on the brake pedal, to commence engine braking in preparation for a downshift.
You can stop the vehicle at red lights, with the gear engaged, by depressing the brake pedal; there is no need to change to neutral (N) .
The vehicle will move off again:
– either slowly, if you release the brake without accelerating (e.g. when in a traffic jam);
– or quickly, if you release the brake and accelerate.
Accelerating and overtaking
– Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate gradually;
The oil level in the automatic gearbox system reservoir varies depending on use. Adding oil is strictly forbidden (except by qualified approved network personnel).
– to obtain maximum vehicle per- formance regardless of the mode selected (automatic or manual), quickly depress the accelerator pedal beyond the kickdown point.
The speed with which you depress the pedal will allow you to downshift according to the vehicle’s capabilities.
Parking the vehicle
It is possible to park in gear (for exam- ple, on a slope):
– with the ignition on, select a gear with your foot on the brake ;
– check that a gear other than N is dis- played on the instrument panel, then remove the ignition key;
– apply the handbrake .
To disengage the gear, switch on the ignition without starting the engine and shift the selector lever to neutral with the brake pedal depressed . Check that N is displayed on the instrument panel.
2.71
ENG_UD60260_2
Boite de vitesses Quickshift (X62 - Renault)
SEQUENTIAL GEARBOX (5/5)
Bleep
– If you hold the vehicle on a slope for too long without applying the brakes or handbrake, you will strain the system (risk of overheating the clutch).
In this case, an intermittent beep- ing sound will remind you that you should put your foot on the brake pedal or apply the handbrake.
– Never leave the vehicle with the engine running when in gear. For safety reasons you will hear an in- termittent beeping sound when you open the door if you have not shifted into neutral or you have not switched off the ignition or depressed the brake pedal.
Special circumstances
On a slippery surface or surface with little grip, change to manual mode
( D/M ) and select second gear before accelerating to avoid wheelspin.
In very cold weather , to ensure opti- mal passage through the gears, wait a few seconds before moving the selec- tor lever out of position N and into posi- tion D or R .
Operating faults i
If this warning light comes on when the vehicle is being driven , it indicates a fault in the system. In most cases, you may still drive the vehicle, although it will not function perfectly.
Contact an approved dealer as soon as possible.
Towing a vehicle with a sequential gearbox
If the gearbox is stuck in a gear:
– switch on the ignition;
– Select neutral with the brake pedal depressed ;
– check that the gearbox is in neutral
(by pushing the vehicle for example).
If you cannot find neutral you must tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised.
5
The vehicle should always be towed with the ignition switched off.
Load position
When the vehicle is driven loaded, press the 5 switch on the dashboard.
The indicator light § ment panel will light up.
on the instru-
Load mode is deselected every time the engine is switched off. It will be nec- essary to select it again.
Load mode may be used to equal effect in both automatic and manual modes.
2.72
ENG_UD60260_2
Boite de vitesses Quickshift (X62 - Renault)
EMERGENCY CALL (1/3)
If the vehicle is equipped, the emer- gency call system enables the emer- gency services to be called (without charge) automatically or manually in the event of an accident or illness, in order to reduce the time they take to arrive on the scene.
If you use the emergency call function to report an accident which you have witnessed, this implies stopping where traffic conditions allow in order for the emergency services to locate your ve- hicle and therefore the location of the reported accident.
In all cases, comply with local legisla- tion.
Use the emergency call only in the event of an emergency you are in- volved in, if you witness an accident or if you feel ill.
In the event of an acci- dent, if the location and traf- fic conditions permit, stay close to the vehicle in order to be able answer the call centre quickly if necessary.
2
3
1
1 System operation warning light:
– green: operational
(network available);
– off: non-operational
(network unavailable);
– red: operating
fault;
– green flashing: call in progress.
2 Automatic mode warning light;
3 SOS button;
4 Microphone;
5 Speaker.
4
5
A call is always made as follows:
– the call is set up with the emergency services;
– send data related to the incident (ve- hicle identification plate, local time of the call, last positions, direction of the vehicle);
– voice communication with the emer- gency services;
– if necessary, emergency assistance is called.
Emergency call has two modes:
– automatic mode;
– Manual mode.
2.73
ENG_UD76513_3
Appel d’urgence (X62 - Renault)
Emergency call driving aids ................................................
(up to the end of the DU) emergency call ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU) driver assistance........................................
(up to the end of the DU) driving ........................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
EMERGENCY CALL (2/3)
Automatic mode
If the automatic mode 2 warning light appears in green this confirms that the automatic system is activated.
The emergency call starts automati- cally in the event of an accident having required the activation of the protective equipment (seat belt pretensioners, airbag, etc.).
2
3
1
Manual mode
The emergency call is carried out by:
– pressing and holding the 3 button for at least three seconds; or
– pressing the 3 button five times within less than approximately ten seconds.
In the event of unintended operation, it is possible to cancel the call by press- ing the 3 button for around two sec- onds, before the call is connected to the call centre.
Once a call is established, only the call centre can end the call.
Test mode
(depending on local laws)
Test mode is reserved for Approved
Dealers to check that the emergency call feature is working properly.
To activate test mode:
– briefly press the 3 button three times;
– wait approximately 15 seconds;
– briefly press the 3 button three times.
Exit from test mode is automatic.
2.74
ENG_UD76513_3
Appel d’urgence (X62 - Renault)
EMERGENCY CALL (3/3)
1
Operating faults
In some cases, the emergency call may not work (e.g. low battery).
When the system detects an operating fault, the 1 warning light turns red for over 30 minutes; consult an Approved
Dealer as soon as possible.
The system operates with a dedi- cated battery. The battery service life is approximately four years
(the 1 warning light lights up in red to warn you when approaching expiry).
Consult an approved dealer
To guarantee your safety and the proper operation of the system, any operation carried out on the battery
(removal, disconnection, etc.) must be carried out by a qualified special- ist.
Risk of serious burns or electric shocks.
You must respect the replacement intervals (without exceeding them) as stated in the maintenance docu- ment.
The battery is a specific type.
Please ensure it is replaced with the same type.
Call an approved Dealer.
Without the emergency call feature, the system is not trackable and will not be under constant surveillance.
Data is automatically and constantly erased, and the system stores only the last three positions of the vehi- cle.
According to local legislation, data is only sent in the event of an emer- gency call. Data sent to the call centre is treated according to the personal data protection laws appli- cable in the country where you are located. The system stores activity history data for 13 hours only.
The vehicle owner has the right of access to their data. They can re- quest that the data be corrected, deleted or locked.
2.75
ENG_UD76513_3
Appel d’urgence (X62 - Renault) operating faults ..........................................
(current page) faults operating faults ....................................
(current page)
2.76
ENG_UD63821_1
Filler NU (X62 - X62 Ph2 - Nissan)
Section 3: Your comfort
3.1
ENG_UD77071_9
Sommaire 3 (NU 1033) (X62 - Renault)
AIR VENTS, air outlets (1/2)
1 2 3 4 3 4 3 2 1
1 Side window demister outlet.
2 Side air vent.
3 Windscreen demisting vents.
4 Centre air vents.
3.2
5
Air Vents air vents .....................................................
(up to the end of the DU) air conditioning ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU) heating system ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU) heating and air conditioning system ..........
(up to the end of the DU) ventilation air conditioning .....................................
(up to the end of the DU)
6 5 5
5 Passenger footwell heater outlets.
6 Control panel
ENG_UD62321_2 aerateurs (sorties d’air) (X62 - Renault)
AIR VENTS, air outlets (2/2)
4
2
7
To remove bad odours from your vehicles, only use the systems designed for this purpose. Consult an approved
Dealer.
7
Centre air vents 4
Air flow
To close: move the cursor 7 towards the outside of the vehicle beyond the resist- ance point.
To open: move the cursor 7 towards the inside of the vehicle.
Direction
Move the cursor 7 to the desired posi- tion.
Side air vents 2
Air flow
To close: move the cursor 7 towards the inside of the vehicle beyond the resist- ance point.
To open: move the cursor 7 towards the outside of the vehicle.
Direction
Move the cursor 7 to the desired posi- tion.
Do not attach any objects to the air vents (e.g. telephone mounting).
Risk of damage.
Do not add anything to the vehicle’s ventilation circuit
(for example, to remove bad odours).
There is a risk of damage or of fire.
3.3
ENG_UD62321_2 aerateurs (sorties d’air) (X62 - Renault)
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING SYSTEM (1/3)
A B C D E F
Controls
A Adjusting the amount of air blown into the passenger compartment.
B Air recirculation operation (isolation of the passenger compartment)
C Adjusting the air temperature.
D Activating air conditioning (depending on the vehicle).
E Rear screen and/or door mirror deicing/demisting.
F Air distribution.
Information and advice on use
Distribution of air in the passenger compartment
Turn control F .
J All the air flow is directed to the dashboard vents.
This selection is not appropriate if all the air vents are closed.
G The air flow is directed to the dashboard vents and the footwells.
F The air flow is directed mainly towards the footwells.
i The air flow is distributed between all the air vents, the front side window demisting vents, the windscreen demisting vents and the footwells.
W The air flow is directed to the windscreen demisting/de-icing outlets and the side windows. This position prevents the formation of condensation. Use at the highest temperature.
V
Rear screen and/ or door mirror de-icing/ demisting.
Press button E : the integrated indicator light comes on. This function demists the rear screen and/or the heated door mirrors quickly.
To exit this function, press the button again; the integrated indicator goes out. Demisting automatically stops by default.
3.4
Manual air conditioning, heating system demisting windscreen ...........................................
(current page) heating system ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU) air conditioning ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD60277_2 chauffage - ventilation avec isolation de l’habitacle (X62 - Renault)
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING SYSTEM (2/3)
B C
This function also allows the desired comfort level to be achieved as quickly as possible.
This starts or stops air recirculation.
Operating tell-tale lights up when the function is operational. In this position the air is taken from inside the passenger compartment and is recycled without letting air in from outside.
Adjusting the air temperature
Turn control C .
Turning the control to the right increases the temperature.
Air recirculation operation
(isolation of the passenger compartment)
Normal operation of the heating and ventilation system is obtained using air from outside.
Recirculation of air allows the external atmosphere to be isolated (driving in polluted areas, etc.).
Press button B to switch to isolation mode.
Prolonged use of this position can lead to condensation forming on the side windows and windscreen and problems due to the use of nonrenewed air in the passenger compartment.
We therefore advise you to return to normal mode (external air) as soon as the air recirculation function is no longer required, by pressing button B again.
3.5
ENG_UD60277_2 chauffage - ventilation avec isolation de l’habitacle (X62 - Renault)
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING SYSTEM (3/3)
A D
The air conditioning system is used for:
– lowering the temperature inside the passenger compartment;
– eliminating condensation more quickly.
Note: the air conditioning does not operate if the exterior temperature is low or the ventilation speed is less than 1 .
Adjusting the amount of air blown into the passenger compartment
Turn control A from 0 to 4 .
The passenger compartment is venti- lated by blown air.
The ventilation fan determines how much air flows in. Vehicle speed has a slight effect.
The further the control is positioned to the right, the greater the amount of air blown into the passenger compartment.
Note: to promote demisting, turn con- trol A into position 4 .
Switching air conditioning on or off
The air conditioning is switched on (indicator light lit) or off (indicator light off) using button D .
3.6
ENG_UD60277_2 chauffage - ventilation avec isolation de l’habitacle (X62 - Renault)
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (1/6)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12 11 10
1 - “Clear View” button to demist and de-ice the windows.
2 - Air conditioning off button.
3 - Automatic mode.
4 - Display.
5 and 7 - speed.
6 and 8 - Passenger compartment air distribution adjustment.
9 8
9 and 10 - Adjusting the air temperature.
11 - Heated rear screen and/or heated door mirror de-icing.
12 - Air recirculation control.
Information and advice on use
ENG_UD57037_1
Climatisation automatique (X62 - Renault)
Automatic climate control air conditioning ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU) heating and air conditioning system ..........
(up to the end of the DU) demisting windscreen ...........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
3.7
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (2/6)
3 4
10
Automatic mode
Press button 3 . AUTO lights up on display 4 .
In most cases, the automatic climate control system ensures a comfortable temperature in the passenger compartment, while maintaining good visibility and optimising fuel consumption.
This is the recommended mode of use.
9
To reach and keep the chosen comfort level and to maintain good visibility, the system controls:
– ventilation speed;
– air distribution;
– air recirculation management;
– air conditioning start/stop;
– the air temperature.
Only the temperature and the AUTO symbol are displayed.
Functions managed in automatic mode are not displayed.
– press button 9 to increase the temperature;
– press button 10 to decrease the temperature.
Note: The maximum and minimum settings of 15°C and 27°C allow the system to produce a minimum or maximum temperature, whatever the ambient conditions.
In automatic mode (AUTO lit on the display), all heating and air conditioning functions are controlled by the system.
When you modify certain functions,
AUTO goes out. Only the modified function stops being controlled by the system.
3.8
ENG_UD57037_1
Climatisation automatique (X62 - Renault)
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (3/6)
Adjusting automatic mode
The system normally operates in automatic mode but you can alter the standard settings used by the system (air distribution, etc.). These options are explained on the following pages.
Automatic mode is the recommended mode of use
In most cases, the automatic climate control system ensures a comfortable temperature in the passenger compartment, while maintaining good visibility and optimising fuel consumption.
The types of adjustments that can be made are described in the following pages.
Return to automatic mode as soon as possible.
The displayed temperature values show a comfort level.
When starting the engine, increasing or decreasing the value displayed will not allow the comfort level to be reached any more quickly. The system will always optimise the temperature increase or decrease (the ventilation system does not start instantly at maximum speed: it gradually increases). This may take several minutes.
Generally speaking, unless there is a particular reason not to, the dashboard air vents should remain open.
ENG_UD57037_1
Climatisation automatique (X62 - Renault)
3.9
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (4/6)
3 4 6
ô The air flow is directed mainly to the dashboard air vents.
ö The air flow is directed towards all the air vents and the passenger footwells.
F The air flow is directed mainly towards the footwells.
Distribution of air in the passenger compartment
There are five possible combinations for air distribution, which may be selected by pressing buttons 6 and 8 repeatedly. The arrows on display 4 indicate the setting selected:
8
õ The air flow is directed to the windscreen demisting vents and the side windows.
÷ The air flow is directed to the windscreen and side window demisting vents, and the passenger footwells.
The manual air distribution option causes the operating tell-tale light on display 4 to go out (automatic mode), but only air distribution is no longer controlled automatically by the system.
Press button 3 to return to automatic mode.
3.10
ENG_UD57037_1
Climatisation automatique (X62 - Renault)
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (5/6)
2 3 4 5 7
Rear screen and/or door mirror de-icing/demisting.
Press button 11 : the integrated indicator light comes on.
This function allows electric demisting of the rear screen and/or the electric heated door mirrors, depending on the vehicle.
To exit this function , press button 11 again. Demisting automatically stops by default.
11
Switching air conditioning on or off
In automatic mode, the system switches the air conditioning system on or off, depending on the climate conditions.
Exit automatic mode by pressing button 2 : AUTO goes out on display 4 and AC OFF lights up.
Note: the “Clear View” function automatically activates the air conditioning.
Press button 3 to return to automatic mode.
Varying the ventilation speed
In automatic mode, the system uses the most suitable amount of air to reach and maintain the desired comfort level.
Exit automatic mode by pressing buttons 5 and 7 .
These buttons allow you to increase or decrease ventilation speed.
In automatic mode, depending on the outside air conditions, the ventilation may not start immediately at maximum power but will increase progressively until the engine temperature is warm enough to heat the passenger compartment air. This may take from a few seconds to several minutes.
3.11
ENG_UD57037_1
Climatisation automatique (X62 - Renault)
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (6/6)
1 3 4 5
12 11
Clear View function
Press button 1 ; the indicator lights in buttons 1 and 11 come on.
AUTO goes out on display 4 .
This function rapidly demists/de-ices the windscreen, the front side windows and the door mirrors.
It imposes automatic operation of the air conditioning and heating of the rear screen and/or heated door mirrors, and inhibits air recirculation.
Press button 11 if you do not wish to switch on the heated rear screen and/ or heated door mirrors.
Note: if you wish to reduce the air flow
(which may produce a certain amount of noise in the passenger compartment), press button 5 .
To exit this function , press:
– button 1 again;
– button 3 (AUTO lights up on the display).
Air recirculation
Pressing button 12 activates air recirculation (the symbol lights up on the display).
During recirculation, air is taken from the passenger compartment and is recycled, with no air being taken from outside the vehicle.
Air recirculation allows the external atmosphere to be cut off (when driving in polluted areas, etc.).
Prolonged use of the air recirculation mode may cause the windows to mist up or lead to odours, as the air is not renewed.
We therefore advise you to return to normal mode (external air) as soon as the air recirculation function is no longer required, by pressing button 12 again.
3.12
ENG_UD57037_1
Climatisation automatique (X62 - Renault)
AIR CONDITIONING: information and operating instructions (1/2)
Advice on use
In some situations (air conditioning off, air recirculation activated, ventilation speed at zero or low etc.), you may notice that condensation starts to form on the windows and windscreen.
If there is condensation, use the “Clear
View” function to remove it, then use the air conditioning in automatic mode to stop it forming again.
Fuel consumption
You will normally notice an increase in fuel consumption (especially in town) when the air conditioning is operating.
For vehicles fitted with air conditioning with no automatic mode, switch off the system when it is not required.
Advice for reducing consumption and helping to preserve the environment
Drive with the air vents open and the windows closed.
If the vehicle has been parked in the sun, open the doors for a few moments to let the hot air escape before starting the engine.
Vehicles equipped with modeECO
Once activated, ECO mode may reduce air conditioning performance.
Maintenance
Refer to the Maintenance Document for your vehicle for the inspection frequency.
Operating faults
As a general rule, contact your approved dealer in the event of an operating fault.
– Reduction in de-icing, demisting or air conditioning performance.
This may be caused by the passenger compartment filter cartridge becoming clogged.
– No cold air is being produced .
Check that the controls are set correctly and that the fuses are sound.
Otherwise, switch off the system.
Presence of water under the vehicle
After prolonged use of the air conditioning system, it is normal for water to be present under the vehicle. This is caused by condensation.
Do not add anything to the vehicle’s ventilation circuit
(for example, to remove bad odours).
There is a risk of damage or of fire.
Use the air conditioning system regularly, even in cold weather, running it at least once a month for approximately 5 minutes.
Do not open the refrigerant fluid circuit.
The fluid may damage eyes or skin.
3.13
ENG_UD69968_2
Air conditionné : informations et conseils utilisation (X62 - Renault)
Air conditioning: information and advice on use air conditioning ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU) heating system ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU) heating and air conditioning system ..........
(current page) air conditioning ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU) temperature regulation ..............................
(up to the end of the DU) ventilation ..................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
AIR CONDITIONING: information and operating instructions (2/2)
Ñ Type of refrigerant fluid
A A A
Type of oil in the air conditioning circuit
Inflammable product
Consult the driver’s handbook
Maintenance x.xxx kg
Quantity of refrigerant fluid present in the vehicle.
The refrigerant fluid circuit (of which some components are hermetically sealed) contains fluorinated greenhouse gases.
Depending on the vehicle, you will find the following information on label A affixed inside the engine compartment.
The presence and location of the information on label A depends on the vehicle.
Do not open the refrigerant circuit . The fluid may damage eyes or skin.
GWP xxxxx
Global Warming
Potential (CO2 equivalent).
CO2 eq x.xx t
Quantity in weight and in CO2 equivalent.
Before carrying out any action in the engine compartment, you must switch
3.14
ENG_UD69968_2
Air conditionné : informations et conseils utilisation (X62 - Renault)
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT (1/2)
1
4
2
3
3
The presence and location of this equipment depends on the vehicle’s multimedia equipment.
1 Multimedia sockets;
2 Radio;
3 steering column control;
4 multimedia screen.
Multimedia sockets 1
You can use the USB sockets to access the multimedia content of your acces- sories and to update the system.
The USB sockets can also be used to recharge accessories with a maximum power rating of 12 Watts (5 Volts) per socket, which have been approved by our Technical Department.
The JACK socket enables the radio to be used with an auxiliary cable.
Please refer to the multimedia in- structions for further information.
ENG_UD60001_2 système de navigation (X62 - Renault)
Multimedia equipment navigation system ......................................
(up to the end of the DU)
1
3
4
Connect accessories with a maximum power of 12 watts only.
Fire hazard.
3.15
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT (2/2)
Wireless charger 5
5
Microphone 6
6
3.16
Using the telephone
We remind you of the need to conform to the legislation in force concerning the use of such equipment.
ENG_UD60001_2 système de navigation (X62 - Renault)
WINDOWS (1/2)
1
2
3
Electric windows
With the ignition on:
– press the switch for the window concerned to lower it to the desired height;
– pull the switch of the window con- cerned to raise it to the desired height.
From the driver’s seat
Operate the switches as follows:
– 1 for the driver’s side;
– 2 for the front passenger side.
From the front passenger seat
Press switch 3 .
Avoid resting any objects against a half-open window: there is a risk that the electric window could be damaged.
Driver’s responsibility
Never leave your vehi- cle with the key, remote control or transmitter-recei- ver inside, and never leave a child, adult who is not self-sufficient or a pet, even for a short while. They may pose a risk to themselves or to others by starting the engine or acti- vating equipment (such as the gear lever or electric windows). If any part of the body becomes trapped, reverse the direction of the window immediately by pressing the rele- vant switch.
Risk of serious injury.
3.17
ENG_UD64515_2 vitres (X62 - Renault)
Windows electric windows ........................................
(up to the end of the DU) windows .....................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
WINDOWS (2/2)
1
One-touch electric window
The one-touch mode works in addition to the operation of the electric windows described previously.
It is fitted to the driver’s window and is used for lowering only.
Briefly press switch 1 : the window lowers completely.
Pressing the switch again while the window is moving will stop its movement.
Impossible to operate the one-touch electric window
The one-touch electric window is equipped with heat protection: if you press the switch for the window more than sixteen consecutive times it goes into protection mode (locking the window).
You can:
– use the electric window switch briefly and with intervals of approximately
30 seconds;
– with the engine running, the window will be unlocked after approximately
20 minutes of inaction on the electric window switch.
Note: if the window detects resistance when closing (e.g.: branch of a tree, etc.) it stops and then lowers again by a few centimetres.
4
Sliding rear windows
Press the tab 4 and slide the window.
When closing the windows, ensure that no part of the body (arm, hand, etc.) is protruding from the vehicle.
Risk of serious injury.
3.18
ENG_UD64515_2 vitres (X62 - Renault)
INTERIOR LIGHTING
1 2
Courtesy light
Use switch 1 to:
– permanent lighting;
– intermittent lighting, which comes on when a door is opened. It goes out when the doors concerned are prop- erly closed;
– immediate switching off.
4
3
Rear light 3
Turn switch 4 to:
– continuous lighting;
– intermittent lighting, which comes on when a rear door is opened. The lights only go out when the doors are correctly closed;
– or else the light definitively turned off.
Note
Remote unlocking of the doors triggers timed lighting of the passenger compartment.
If one of the front or rear doors is opened, the timed lighting will start again.
Then the courtesy light and the luggage compartment light dim and go out. The lighting timer will cut out for various reasons:
– after approximately 15 minutes when a door has been left open;
– after approximately 15 seconds when all of the doors are closed,
– when the ignition is switched on.
Move switch 2 .
3.19
ENG_UD57040_1
Eclairage intérieur (X62 - Renault)
Interior lighting lighting: interior ..................................................
(up to the end of the DU) courtesy light .............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
SUN VISOR, GRAB HANDLE (1/2)
1
3
2
Sun visor
Lower sun visor 1 .
The sun visor can be swung round against the door window.
Courtesy mirror or additional rear-view mirror 2
Lower the sun visor to access the mirror.
Special feature of the additional rear view mirror
Grab handle 3
This offers support and can be held when the vehicle is being driven.
Do not use it for getting into or out of the vehicle.
ENG_UD57041_1 pare-soleil / poignée de maintien (X62 - Renault)
3.20
Sun visor, grab handle sun visor ....................................................
(up to the end of the DU) grab handle................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
SUN VISOR, GRAB HANDLE (2/2)
4
4
Grab handles 4
Help to get into or out of the vehicle.
ENG_UD57041_1 pare-soleil / poignée de maintien (X62 - Renault)
3.21
ASHTRAY, CIGAR LIGHTER, ACCESSORIES SOCKET
Accessories sockets 1
(depending on vehicle)
They are designed for connecting ac- cessories with a maximum power rating of 120 Watts (voltage: 12V) which have been approved by our Technical
Department.
3
1
2
Ashtray 2
(depending on vehicle)
This is a removable ashtray which can be placed in the cup holders.
Lift the cover to open.
To empty it, pull the assembly. The ash- tray will come out of its housing.
Cigar lighter 1
(depending on vehicle)
With the ignition on, push in cigar lighter 1 , it will spring back with a click when it is ready. Pull it out to use. After use, replace it without pushing it all the way in.
If your vehicle is not fitted with a cigar lighter and an ashtray, these can be obtained from an approved
Dealer.
3.22
Accessories socket 3 (in the luggage compartment)
Connect accessories with a maximum power of
120 watts (12 V) only.
When several accessory sockets are used at the same time, the total power of the connected accessories must not exceed
180 watts.
Fire hazard.
ENG_UD57042_1 cendrier-allume-cigares/prise accessoires (X62 - Renault)
Ashtrays, Cigarette lighter, Accessories socket cigar lighter ................................................
(up to the end of the DU) ashtrays .....................................................
(up to the end of the DU) accessories socket ....................................
(up to the end of the DU)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (1/6)
4
1
2
Front door storage compartments
3
Storage compartment 1
Do not use it as a handle to close the door.
Storage compartment 2
Storage compartment 3
It can hold a 1.5 litre bottle.
Sun blind storage compartment 4
This can be used for storing motorway tickets, cards, etc.
Nothing should be placed on the floor area in front of the driver as such objects may slide under the pedal during braking manoeuvres, thus obstructing its use.
5
Centre console storage compartment/induction charging area 5
For more information on the induction charging zone, please refer to the mul- timedia instructions.
Ensure that no hard, heavy or pointed objects are placed in the “open” storage compartments in such a way that they may fall onto passen- gers during sudden turning, braking or in the event of an accident.
3.23
ENG_UD58868_2 rangements dans l’habitacle (X62 - Renault)
Passenger compartment storage, fittings storage compartments ...............................
(up to the end of the DU) storage compartment.................................
(up to the end of the DU)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (2/6)
6
7 9 10 11 12 13
17
16
8
Cup holder 6, 13 and 16
These can be used to hold cups or the ashtray.
Location for storage compartment or radio 17
When turning corners, accelerating or braking, ensure that the receptacle being held by the cup holder is not dislodged.
There is a risk of burning if hot liquid escapes.
14
15
Ensure that no hard, heavy or pointed objects are placed in the “open” storage compartments in such a way that they may fall onto passen- gers during sudden turning, braking or in the event of an accident.
Dashboard storage compartments 7, 8, 10 and 12
Closed storage compartments 10 and 12
To open, press the 9 or 11 control.
Glove compartment 14
To open, press the 15 control or, de- pending on the vehicle, raise the handle.
It can hold A4 size documents, a 2 litre bottle of water etc.
Depending on the vehicle, it may be ventilated and refrigerated.
Maximum weight allowed in the glove box 14 : 4 kg evenly distrib- uted.
Always leave the storage compartment cover closed when you are driving:
– there is a risk of injury when braking suddenly or in the event of an accident;
– there is a risk of objects being hurled through the passenger compartment.
3.24
ENG_UD58868_2 rangements dans l’habitacle (X62 - Renault)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (3/6)
18 19
18
20
21
Tray 18
Pull tray 18 fully towards you.
Turn it and push it fully.
You can use clip 19 to attach A5 format documents.
To refit it, pull the table tray fully towards you, lift it up until it is horizontal and push it in fully.
Upper cab storage compartment 20 and 21
Reserved for the transport of objects only.
Nothing should be placed on the floor area in front of the driver as such objects may slide under the pedal during braking manoeuvres, thus obstructing its use.
Maximum weight allowed in the upper cabin storage unit 20 : 5 kg uniformly distributed.
Do not hang any heavy and/ or sharp objects which may fall whilst driving.
Risk of injury.
3.25
ENG_UD58868_2 rangements dans l’habitacle (X62 - Renault)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (4/6)
23
22
Cup holder 24
To open, press the 22 control.
24
25
Tray 25
To open, press the 23 control.
When turning corners, accelerating or braking, ensure that the receptacle being held by the cup holder is not dislodged.
There is a risk of burning if hot liquid escapes.
Nothing should be placed on the floor area in front of the driver as such objects may slide under the pedal during braking manoeuvres, thus obstructing its use.
Maximum weight allowed on the parcel shelf 25 : 25 kg evenly distrib- uted.
Before driving, make sure the tray is stored.
Risk of injury.
3.26
ENG_UD58868_2 rangements dans l’habitacle (X62 - Renault)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (5/6)
26
27
28
Note: make sure the tray is put back in place correctly before lifting the back of the centre seat. Check that the back of the centre seat is properly locked.
29
Ensure that nothing is obstructing the operation of the folding tray.
Tray 26
On equipped vehicles, lower the back of the centre seat by lifting control 29 .
The back of the centre seat has the following features:
– a tray 26 which can be turned only to the driver’s side (depending on the vehicle);
– a cup holder 28 ;
– storage compartment 27 .
It is forbidden to sit in the centre seat if its seatback is folded down.
When turning corners, accelerating or braking, ensure that the receptacle being held by the cup holder is not dislodged.
There is a risk of burning if hot liquid escapes.
Ensure that no hard, heavy or pointed objects are placed in the “open” storage compartments in such a way that they may fall onto passen- gers during sudden turning, braking or in the event of an accident.
30
Clothes hooks 30
ENG_UD58868_2 rangements dans l’habitacle (X62 - Renault)
3.27
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (6/6)
32 34
31
35
33
Storage compartment 33 underneath front bench seat
To access, pull tabs 31 or 32 .
Storage compartment underneath rear bench seat
Seat base 34 lifts up to give access to a storage compartment underneath the bench seat.
Rear load area storage compartment 35
Reserved for the transport of objects only.
Always close the seat base when driving:
– there is a risk of injury when braking suddenly or in the event of an accident;
– there is a risk of objects being hurled through the passenger compartment.
3.28
Check that the rear seat belts are positioned and operating correctly each time the rear seats are moved.
Maximum weight allowed in the upper rear storage cell 35 : 35 kg evenly distributed.
Do not hang any heavy and/ or sharp objects which may fall while you are driving.
Risk of injury.
ENG_UD58868_2 rangements dans l’habitacle (X62 - Renault)
REAR BENCH SEATS (1/3)
2
1
3
Access to the rear seats
Move the handle 1 backwards to lower the seat back.
To return the seat to its original position, bring the seatback back into position.
Removing the bench seat
Lift levers 2 situated behind each bench seat. The spigots 3 protrude to indicate that the bench seat is unlocked.
Pull the bench seat backwards to release the anchoring points, then lift it to remove it.
For safety reasons, carry out any adjustments when the vehicle is not being driven.
Removing the anchoring points is prohibited.
The bench seat is rather heavy (approximately 65 kg). For your own safety, please handle it carefully.
Risk of injury.
3.29
ENG_UD59486_2
Banquette arrière (X62 - Renault)
Rear bench seats rear bench seat..........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
REAR BENCH SEATS (2/3)
4
3
Refitting the rear bench seat
– Position the guides 4 on the rails set back in relation to the anchorage points;
– slide the bench seat forwards.
The bench seat will lock automatically.
Check that the red spigots 3 can no longer be seen.
The rear bench seats must be placed on their original anchorage points.
Driving with the bench seat in a rear-facing position is prohibited.
The bench seats in rows 2 and 3 are not interchangeable: do not force them into position.
Risk of damage.
When moving the rear bench seat, check that the bench seat anchorage points are clean (they should be free from grit, cloths or any other item which may prevent the bench seat from locking securely).
3.30
ENG_UD59486_2
Banquette arrière (X62 - Renault)
REAR BENCH SEATS (3/3)
A
Use restriction
It is forbidden to drive with a seatback or a front seat folded down when there is a passenger occupying a rear seat.
For safety reasons, carry out any adjustments when the vehicle is not being driven.
moved.
Check that the rear seat belts are positioned and operating correctly each time the rear bench seat is
Special note for three-seater versions
This version differs in that it has rear seatbelts and headrests on the rear side seats only. Never seat a passen- ger in the centre seat area.
A labels inform you that it is prohibited to seat passengers in areas other than the seats provided.
3.31
ENG_UD59486_2
Banquette arrière (X62 - Renault)
TRANSPORTING OBJECTS (1/3)
1
1
2
Transporting objects in the rear load area
Depending on the vehicle, secur- ing rings 1 and 2 can be used to stop transported objects from moving. The number of rings and their position may vary depending on the vehicle.
Always position the heavi- est items directly on the floor. Use the lashing points on the floor of the luggage compartment, if these are fitted to the vehicle. The luggage should be loaded in such a way that no items will be thrown forward and strike the occupants if the driver has to brake suddenly. Fasten the rear seat belts, even if the seats are not occupied.
The sole purpose of rings 2 is to prevent transported objects from moving. The objects must be secured to mounting rings 1 on the vehicle floor beforehand.
3.32
F max: 400 daN or 500 daN (depending on the vehicle).
ENG_UD76790_5
Transport d objets (X62 - Renault)
Transporting objects towing rings ...............................................
(up to the end of the DU) tailgate .......................................................
(current page) towing ........................................................
(current page) transporting objects in the luggage compartment ................
(up to the end of the DU)
TRANSPORTING OBJECTS (2/3)
C
Dimension C (maximum)
Front-wheel drive
C = 1,149 mm.
Rear-wheel drive
C = 1,766 mm.
D
3
3
Towing
Fitting the towing ball
Position the ball within the range of height D , which must be between 350 and 420 mm, with the vehicle laden.
Torque tighten the bolts 3 to 196 N.m.
(Newton metres).
ENG_UD76790_5
Transport d objets (X62 - Renault)
3.33
TRANSPORTING OBJECTS (3/3)
Permissible nose weight, maxi- mum permissible towing weight braked and unbraked
Choice and fitting of towing equipment
Maximum weight of towing equip- ment: 25 kg.
It is not permitted to fit a mechanical towing device (ball, hook, etc.) that is removable without tools or retract- able if it cannot be easily removed or repositioned when not in use.
For fitting and conditions of use, refer to the equipment’s fitting in- structions.
Please keep these instructions with the rest of the vehicle documenta- tion.
Any towing device must not ob- struct any lighting component or the number plate when not in use.
Mechanical towing devices (ball, hook, etc.) which can be removed without tools or which are retract- able must be removed or reposi- tioned when they are not in use.
In all cases, you must comply with the regulations of the particular country you are in.
3.34
ENG_UD76790_5
Transport d objets (X62 - Renault)
ROOF BARS
1
1
Precautions during use
Handling the tailgate
Before handling the tailgate, check the objects and/or accessories (bike rack, roof box, etc.) fitted to the roof bars: these must be correctly positioned and secured, so as not to hinder the opera- tion of the tailgate.
Accessing the mounting points 1
If original roof bars, ap- proved by our Technical
Department, are supplied with screws, only use these screws for attaching the roof bars to the vehicle.
For information on the range of equipment adapted to your vehi- cle, we advise you to consult an ap- proved Dealer.
Refer to the manufacturer’s instruc- tions for information on how to fit and use the roof rack bar.
Please keep these instructions with the rest of the vehicle documenta- tion.
Maximum permissible load on roof rack
ENG_UD69970_1
Barres de toit (X62 Ph2 - Renault)
Roof bars roof bars ....................................................
(up to the end of the DU) spoiler ........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) roof rack roof bars ...............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
3.35
3.36
ENG_UD63821_1
Filler NU (X62 - X62 Ph2 - Nissan)
Section 4: Maintenance
4.1
ENG_UD77072_9
Sommaire 4 (NU 1033) (X62 - Renault)
BONNET (1/2)
2
1
To open the bonnet, pull handle 1 .
Unlocking the bonnet catch
To unlock, push the tab 2 to the left as you open the bonnet.
Before carrying out any action in the engine com- partment, you must switch off the ignition.
In the event of even a slight impact involving the radiator grille or bonnet, have the bonnet lock checked by an authorised dealer as soon as possible.
Please note when work- ing close to the engine that it may be hot. In addition, the engine cooling fan may start at any moment. The warning light in the engine compart- ment reminds you of this.
Risk of injury.
4.2
ENG_UD57048_1 capot moteur (X62 - Renault)
Bonnet bonnet........................................................
(current page)
BONNET (2/2)
3
4
Closing the bonnet
Ensure that the windscreen wiper blades are correctly positioned.
Place the stay 4 into its holder 5 , hold the bonnet in the middle and lower it to about 20 cm above the closed position, then release it. It will latch automatically under its own weight.
5
Opening the bonnet
Lift the bonnet and release the stay 4 from its holder 5 . For your own safety, it is very important to fix the stay into the retainer 3 in the bonnet.
After any procedure in the engine compartment, make sure that you do not forget anything (cloth, tools, etc.).
Otherwise, this may lead to engine damage or cause a fire.
Ensure that the bonnet is properly locked.
Check that nothing is preventing the catch from locking (gravel, cloth, etc.).
ENG_UD57048_1 capot moteur (X62 - Renault)
4.3
ENGINE OIL LEVEL : general information (1/2)
It is normal for an engine to use oil for lubrication and cooling of moving parts and it is normal to top up the level be- tween oil changes.
However, contact your approved Dealer if more than 0.11 gal (0.5 litre) is being consumed every 620 miles (1,000 km) after the running in period.
Oil change frequency: check the oil level from time to time and certainly before any long journey to avoid the risk of damaging your engine.
Reading the oil level
The oil level should be read with the vehicle on level ground, after the engine has been switched off for some time.
The dipstick must be used to read the exact oil level and make sure that the maximum level has not been exceeded (risk of engine damage).
Refer to the following pages.
The instrument panel display only alerts the driver when the oil level is at its min- imum.
Minimum oil level warning
The “WARNING: Top Up Engine Oil” message and warning light © displayed on the instrument panel.
are
It is vital to top up the oil as soon as possible.
Exceeding the maximum engine oil level
Under no circumstances should the maximum fill- ing level be exceeded: this could damage the engine and the emis- sion control system.
If the oil level exceeds the maximum level, do not start your vehicle and contact an approved Dealer.
4.4
Engine oil level: general information engine oil ...................................................
(up to the end of the DU) dipstick.......................................................
(up to the end of the DU) engine oil level ...........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
Before carrying out any action in the engine com- partment, you must switch
The display only warns the driver if the oil level is at the minimum level. It does not inform the driver that the oil level has exceeded the maximum level as this can only be measured using a dipstick.
ENG_UD70235_4 niveau huile moteur : généralité (X62 - Renault)
ENGINE OIL LEVEL : general information (2/2)
B
A
C
D
Reading the level using the dipstick
Engine switched off:
– remove the dipstick and wipe with a clean, lint-free cloth;
– push the dipstick in as far as it will go;
– take out the dipstick again;
– read the level: it should never fall below the “MINI” mark B and never exceed the “MAXI” A mark.
Once the level has been read, push the dipstick in as far as it will go.
Depending on the vehicle, the oil dip- stick must be locked:
– push the dipstick as far as it will go
(movement C );
– rotate to lock (movement D ).
Consult your approved Dealer at once if you notice an abnormal or repeated drop in any of the fluid levels.
Adding engine oil
Use a funnel or protect the filling neck area to avoid engine oil escaping onto a hot part of the engine compartment or a sensitive part (e.g. electrical components).
Fire hazard.
Please note when work- ing close to the engine that it may be hot. In addition, the engine cooling fan may start at any moment. The warning light in the engine compart- ment reminds you of this.
Risk of injury.
4.5
ENG_UD70235_4 niveau huile moteur : généralité (X62 - Renault)
ENGINE OIL LEVEL : topping up, filling (1/2)
1
2
2
1
Topping up/filling
The vehicle must be parked on level ground and the engine should be cold
(for instance, before the engine is started up for the first time in the day).
Engine oil grade
Refer to the Maintenance Document for your vehicle.
Do not exceed the “MAXI” level and do not forget to refit cap 1 and dipstick 2 .
– Unscrew cap 1 ;
– top up the level (as a guide, the capacity between the “MINI” and the
“MAXI” reading on the dipstick 2 is between 0.33 and 0.44 gallons
(1.5 and 2 litres) depending on the engine);
– wait for approximately 10 minutes to allow the oil to drain;
– check the level using the dipstick 2
(as described above).
Once the level has been read, insert the dipstick 2 as far as it will go and, depending on the vehicle, turn it a quar- ter of a turn to lock it. Fully tighten the cap 1 .
4.6
Oil change
Service interval: refer to the
Maintenance Service Booklet for your vehicle.
Oil change capacity
Please refer to the maintenance docu- ment for your vehicle, or contact an au- thorised dealer.
Always check the engine oil level using the dipstick, as explained previously (it should never fall below the “MINI”, or be over the “MAXI” level on the dipstick).
Engine oil grade
Refer to the Maintenance Service
Booklet for your vehicle.
Adding engine oil
Use a funnel or protect the filling neck area to avoid engine oil escaping onto a hot part of the engine compartment or a sensitive part (e.g. electrical components).
Fire hazard.
ENG_UD70236_3
Niveau huile moteur : appoint/remplissage (X62 - Renault)
Engine oil level: topping up, filling engine oil ...................................................
(up to the end of the DU) engine oil level ...........................................
(up to the end of the DU) oil change ..................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENGINE OIL LEVEL : topping up, filling (2/2)
Exceeding the maximum engine oil level
Under no circumstances should the maximum fill- ing level be exceeded: this could damage the engine and the emis- sion control system.
If the oil level exceeds the maximum level, do not start your vehicle and contact an approved dealer.
Consult your approved Dealer at once if you notice an abnormal or repeated drop in any of the fluid levels.
Never run the engine in an enclosed space as exhaust gases are poisonous.
Before carrying out any action in the engine com- partment, you must switch off the ignition.
Engine oil change: if you are changing the oil when the engine is hot, be careful not to scald yourself if the oil overflows.
Please note when work- ing close to the engine that it may be hot. In addition, the engine cooling fan may start at any moment. The
warning light in the engine compart- ment reminds you of this.
Risk of injury.
When working in the engine compartment, ensure that the windscreen wiper stalk is in the park position.
Risk of injury.
4.7
ENG_UD70236_3
Niveau huile moteur : appoint/remplissage (X62 - Renault)
Filling and/or checking the oil level: when topping up or checking the oil level, ensure that no oil leaks onto the engine components.
Do not forget to properly close the cap and refit the dipstick to prevent any oil spatter on hot engine com- ponents.
Fire hazard.
LEVELS, FILTERS (1/3)
1
Brake fluid
This should be checked frequently, and immediately if you notice even the slightest loss in braking efficiency.
The level should be read with the engine switched off and on level ground.
Level 1
It is normal for the level to drop as the brake shoes become worn, but it must never drop lower than the “ MINI ” warning line.
If you wish to check the disc and drum wear yourself, you should obtain the document explaining the checking procedure from our network or from the manufacturer’s website.
Filling
After any operation on the hydraulic circuit, a specialist must replace the fluid.
Only use fluids approved by our
Technical Department (and taken from a sealed container).
Replacement intervals
Refer to the Maintenance Document for your vehicle.
When working in the engine compartment, ensure that the windscreen wiper stalk is in the park position.
Risk of injury.
Please note when work- ing close to the engine that it may be hot. In addition, the engine cooling fan may start at any moment. The warning light in the engine compart- ment reminds you of this.
Risk of injury.
If there is an abnormal or repeated drop in the fluid level, please consult an authorised dealer.
Before carrying out any action in the engine com- partment, you must switch
4.8
ENG_UD60002_2 niveaux (X62 - Renault)
Levels, filters capacity of mechanical components..........
(up to the end of the DU) brake fluid ..................................................
(current page) levels: brake fluid ............................................
(current page)
LEVELS, FILTERS (2/3)
2
Coolant
With the engine switched off and on level ground, the level when cold must be between the “ MINI ” and “ MAXI ” marks on the coolant reservoir 2 .
Top this level up when cold before it reaches the “ MINI ” mark.
Frequency of checking coolant level
Check the coolant level regularly
(very severe damage is likely to be caused to the engine if it runs out of coolant).
If the level needs to be topped up, only use products approved by our Technical
Department which ensure:
– protection against freezing;
– anticorrosion protection of the cooling system.
Replacement intervals
Refer to the Maintenance Document for your vehicle.
If there is an abnormal or repeated drop in the fluid level, please consult an authorised dealer.
No operations should be carried out on the cooling circuit when the engine is hot.
Risk of burns.
4
3
Windscreen washer reservoir 4
Filling
With the engine switched off, open cap 3 , fill until you can see the fluid, then refit the cap.
Fluid
Special windscreen washer fluid (prod- uct with antifreeze in winter).
Before carrying out any action in the engine com- partment, you must switch
4.9
ENG_UD60002_2 niveaux (X62 - Renault) engine coolant ...........................................
(current page) levels: coolant .................................................
(current page)
LEVELS, FILTERS (3/3)
5
6
Power-assisted steering pump
Special feature on vehicles fitted with a tank 5
As it is not possible to access the tank filler cap 5 , consult an approved dealer for topping-up or filling.
Please note when work- ing close to the engine that it may be hot. In addition, the engine cooling fan may start at any moment. The warning light in the engine compart- ment reminds you of this.
Risk of injury.
Filters
The replacement of filter elements (air filter, cabin filter, diesel filter etc.) is scheduled in the maintenance opera- tions for your vehicle.
Replacement intervals for filter elements: refer to the Maintenance
Document for your vehicle.
On equipped vehicles, if warning light 6 turns red, it indicates that the air filter is clogged.
Consult your approved dealer as soon as possible.
4.10
ENG_UD60002_2 niveaux (X62 - Renault) levels: power-assisted steering pump .............
(current page) tanks and reservoirs: windscreen washer ..............................
(current page) filter ............................................................
(current page)
TYRE PRESSURE (1/2)
A
Label A
Open the driver’s door to read it.
Tyre pressures should be checked when the tyres are cold.
If the tyre pressures cannot be checked when the tyres are cold , increase the pressures from 0.2
to 0.3
bar (or 3 PSI ).
Never deflate a hot tyre.
Vehicle fitted with a tyre pressure loss warning system
In the event of under-inflation (punc- tures, under-inflation etc.), the warning light appears on the instrument panel.
For your safety, please re- spect the speed limit.
When they need to be re- placed, only tyres of the same make, size, type and profile should be used on a single axle.
They must either have a load ca- pacity and speed rating at least equal to those of the original tyres, or be recommended by an authorised dealer.
Failure to heed these instructions could endanger your safety and affect your vehicle’s roadworthi- ness.
Risk of loss of control of the ve- hicle.
4.11
ENG_UD57052_1
Pression de gonflage des pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
Tyre Pressure tyre pressure..............................................
(up to the end of the DU) tyre pressures ............................................
(up to the end of the DU) tyres ...........................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
TYRE PRESSURE (2/2)
A
Tyre safety and chain fitting: for infor- mation on servicing conditions and, de- pending on the vehicle version, the use of chains.
B
D
F
C
E
Zone B : tyre pressures for the front wheels (non-motorway).
Zone C : tyre pressures for the rear wheels (non-motorway).
Zone D : tyre pressures for the front wheels (motorway).
Zone E : tyre pressures for the rear wheels (motorway).
Zone F : tyre pressure for the emergency spare wheel.
Vehicle used fully laden
(Maximum Permissible
All-up Weight) and towing a trailer
The maximum speed must be lim- ited to 62 mph (100 km/h) and the tyre pressure increased by 0.2 bar
(3 psi)
Risk of tyre blowouts.
4.12
ENG_UD57052_1
Pression de gonflage des pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
BATTERY (1/2)
A
The charge status of the battery can decrease, especially if you use your ve- hicle:
– for short journeys;
– for driving in town;
– when the temperature drops;
– with the vehicle stopped and the engine off.
This is located behind step A and does not require maintenance. You should not open it or add any fluid .
Depending on the vehicle, a system continuously checks the battery charge status.
When the ignition is off, some consum- ers may also be switched off (dipped beam headlights, radio, ventilation, etc.). When the level is extremely low, the message “Battery Low Start
Engine” is displayed.
Before carrying out any action in the engine com- partment, you must switch
Please note when work- ing close to the engine that it may be hot. In addition, the engine cooling fan may start at any moment. The warning light in the engine compart- ment reminds you of this.
Risk of injury.
ENG_UD64445_3 batterie (X62 - Renault)
Battery battery........................................................
(current page)
4.13
BATTERY (2/2)
B 1 2 3
6
Label B
5 4
Observe the indications on the battery:
– 1 naked flames and smoking are for- bidden;
– 2 eye protection required;
– 3 keep away from children;
– 4 explosive materials;
– 5 refer to the handbook;
– 6 corrosive materials.
Replacing the battery
For your own safety and for the proper operation of the vehicle’s electrical equip- ment (lights, windscreen wipers, ABS, etc.), any intervention on the battery (removal, disconnec- tion, etc.) must categorically be per- formed by a specialist professional.
Risk of serious burns or electric shocks.
You must respect the replacement intervals (without exceeding them) as stated in the maintenance docu- ment.
The battery is a specific type : ensure that it is replaced by the same type.
Call an approved Dealer.
4.14
ENG_UD64445_3 batterie (X62 - Renault)
BODYWORK MAINTENANCE (1/3)
A well-maintained vehicle will last longer. It is therefore recommended to maintain the exterior of the vehicle regularly.
Your vehicle has been treated with very effective anti-corrosion products. It is nevertheless subject to various outside influences.
Corrosive agents in the atmosphere
– atmospheric pollution (built-up and industrial areas);
– saline atmospheres (near the sea, particularly in hot weather);
– seasonal and damp weather conditions (e.g. road salt in winter, water from road cleaners, etc.).
Minor impacts
Abrasive action
Dust and sand in the air, mud, road grit thrown up by other vehicles, etc.
You should take a number of minor precautions in order to safeguard your vehicle against such risks.
You should
Wash your car frequently, with the engine off , with cleaning products recommended by the manufacturer (never use abrasive products). Rinse thoroughly beforehand with a jet:
– spots of tree resin and industrial grime;
– mud in the wheel arches and underneath the body which forms damp patches;
– , which cause a chemical reaction with the paint that rapidly discolours paintwork and may even cause the paint to peel off;
wash the vehicle immediately to remove these marks since it is impossible to remove them by polishing;
– salt, particularly in the wheel arches and underneath the body after driving in areas where the roads have been gritted.
Remove any plant matter (resin, leaves, etc.) from the vehicle regularly.
Respect local regulations about washing vehicles (e.g. do not wash your vehicle on a public highway).
Observe the vehicle stopping distances when driving on gravelled surfaces to prevent paint damage.
Repair, or have repaired quickly, areas where the paint has been damaged, to prevent corrosion spreading.
Remember to visit the body shop periodically in order to maintain your anti-corrosion warranty. Refer to the
Maintenance Document.
If it is necessary to clean mechanical components, hinges, etc., spray them with products approved by our
Technical Department to protect them after they have been cleaned.
We have selected special products to care for your vehicle and you can obtain these from the manufacturer’s accessory outlets.
4.15
ENG_UD64584_2
Entretien de la carrosserie (peinture mate) (X62 - Renault)
Bodywork maintenance maintenance: bodywork .............................................
(up to the end of the DU) washing .....................................................
(up to the end of the DU) paint maintenance ........................................
(up to the end of the DU) anti-corrosion protection ............................
(current page)
BODYWORK MAINTENANCE (2/3)
What you should not do
Wash the vehicle in bright sunlight or freezing temperatures.
Do not scrape off mud or dirt without pre-wetting.
Allow dirt to accumulate on the exterior.
Allow rust to form following minor impacts.
Do not use solvents not approved by our Technical Department to remove stains as this could damage the paintwork.
Do not drive in snow or muddy conditions without washing the vehicle, particularly under the wheel arches and body.
Degrease or clean using high-pressure cleaning equipment or by spray- ing on products not ap- proved by our Technical
Department: mechanical components (e.g.: engine compartment);
– the wheels (e.g. braking system components such as brake calli- pers);
– underbody;
– parts with hinges (e.g.: inside the doors);
– painted plastic external fittings (e.g.: bumpers).
Doing this could give rise to corrosion or operational faults.
4.16
ENG_UD64584_2
Entretien de la carrosserie (peinture mate) (X62 - Renault)
BODYWORK MAINTENANCE (3/3)
Vehicles with a matte paint finish
This type of paint requires certain pre- cautions.
You should do the following
Wash the vehicle by hand using plenty of water, using a soft cloth or a gentle sponge.
Using a roller type car wash
Return the wiper stalk to the park po- sition.
➥ 1.109. Check the mounting of
external accessories, additional lights and rear view mirrors, and ensure that the wiper blades are secured with ad- hesive tape.
Remove the radio aerial mast if your vehicle is fitted with this equipment.
Remember to remove the tape and refit the antenna after washing.
Do not do the following
Use wax-based products (polishing).
Rub too hard.
Wash the vehicle in a roller-type car wash.
Attach stickers to the paintwork (risk of leaving marks).
Cleaning the headlights, sensors and cameras
Use a soft cloth or cotton wool. If this does not clean them properly, moisten the cloth with soapy water, then wipe clean with a soft damp cloth or cotton wool.
Finally, carefully dry off with a soft dry cloth.
Do not use cleaning products con- taining alcohol or utensils (e.g.: a scraper).
Wash the vehicle using a high-pressure cleaning device.
4.17
ENG_UD64584_2
Entretien de la carrosserie (peinture mate) (X62 - Renault)
INTERIOR TRIM MAINTENANCE (1/2)
A well-maintained vehicle will last longer. It is therefore recommended to maintain the interior of the vehicle regularly.
A stain should always be dealt with swiftly.
Whatever type of stain is on the trim, use cold (or tepid) soapy water with natural soap .
Detergents (washing-up liquid, powdered products, alcohol-based products) should not be used.
Use a soft cloth.
Rinse and wipe up excess water.
Glass instrument panel
(e.g. instrument panel, clock, exterior temperature display etc.)
Use a soft cloth (or cotton wool).
If this does not clean them properly, use a soft cloth (or cotton wool) slightly moistened with soapy water and then wipe clean with another soft damp cloth or cotton wool.
Finally, carefully dry off with a soft dry cloth.
Do not use products containing alco- hol and/or spray fluids on the area.
Multimedia screen
Maintenance of the screen may depend on the type of multimedia equipment.
Please refer to the multimedia instruc- tions for further information.
Seat belts
They must remain clean.
Use products selected by our Technical
Department (approved outlets) or warm, soapy water and a sponge and wipe with a dry cloth.
Detergents or dyes must not be used under any circumstances.
Textiles (seats, door trim, etc)
Vacuum-clean the textiles regularly .
Liquid stain
Use soapy water.
Dab lightly (never rub) with a soft cloth, rinse and remove the excess.
Solid or pasty stain
Carefully remove the excess solid or pasty material immediately using a spatula (working from the edges to the centre to avoid spreading the stain).
In the case of a liquid stain, clean as indicated.
Special instructions for sweets or chewing gum
Fit an ice cube on the stain to solidify it, then proceed as for a solid stain.
For further recommendations for maintaining the interior, and/or for any unsatisfactory results, please see an authorised dealer.
4.18
Interior trim maintenance
ENG_UD64404_7
Entretien des garnitures intérieures (X61 - X38 - X62 - X67 - X92 - X10 - X98 - X52 - X87 - H79 Ph2 - X82 - X07 - JFC - HFE - BFB - KFB - XFD - XHA - XFA - X52 Ph2 - maintenance: interior trim ...........................................
(up to the end of the DU) interior trim maintenance ........................................
(up to the end of the DU) cleaning: inside the vehicle .................................
(up to the end of the DU)
INTERIOR TRIM MAINTENANCE (2/2)
Removal/replacing removable equipment originally fitted in the vehicle
If you need to remove equipment in order to clean the passenger compartment (for example, mats), always ensure that they are correctly refitted and are the right way around (the driver’s mat should be fitted on the driver’s side, etc.) and fit them with the components supplied with the equipment (for example, the driver mat should always be fixed using the pre-fitted mounting components).
With the vehicle stationary, always ensure that nothing will impede driving
(anything obstructing the pedals, heel wedged by the mat etc.).
You should not:
Position objects such as deodorants, scents etc. near air vents as this could damage your dashboard trim.
Using high-pressure cleaning equipment or sprays inside the passenger compartment: without careful use, this equipment could impair the correct functioning of the electrical or electronic compo- nents in the vehicle, or have other detrimental effects.
4.19
ENG_UD64404_7
Entretien des garnitures intérieures (X61 - X38 - X62 - X67 - X92 - X10 - X98 - X52 - X87 - H79 Ph2 - X82 - X07 - JFC - HFE - BFB - KFB - XFD - XHA - XFA - X52 Ph2 -
4.20
ENG_UD63821_1
Filler NU (X62 - X62 Ph2 - Nissan)
Section 5: Practical advice
5.1
ENG_UD77073_9
Sommaire 5 (NU 1033) (X62 - Renault)
PUNCTURE, EMERGENCY SPARE WHEEL (1/2)
2
1
On equipped vehicles, the emergency spare wheel is located underneath the chassis.
If the emergency spare wheel has been stored for several years, have it checked by your dealer to ensure that it is safe to use.
2
3
5
4
6
A 3 6
In some cases (rear puncture, vehi- cle loaded with towing equipment), it is necessary to raise the vehicle
(using the lifting point nearest the wheel concerned) to access to the
emergency spare wheel. ➥ 5.16.
2
To remove the emergency spare wheel
– Insert the end of the unlocking key 3 extended (depending on the vehicle) by the hexagonal extension piece 5 and the wheelbrace 6 in location 1 or 4 (the use of other tools could damage the mechanism);
– lower the emergency spare wheel fully;
– unclip the component 2 on the wheel rim;
– thread the component 2 through the wheel rim (as shown in A ) to release the wheel.
5.2
ENG_UD57057_1
Crevaison, roue de secours (X62 - Renault)
Puncture
Emergency spare wheel changing a wheel.......................................
(up to the end of the DU) puncture.....................................................
(up to the end of the DU) emergency spare wheel ............................
(up to the end of the DU)
PUNCTURE, EMERGENCY SPARE WHEEL (2/2)
7
To fit a wheel
Proceed in the reverse order.
– place the wheel flat underneath the vehicle. The valve 7 must be facing you . Risk of losing the wheel if the correct direction for refitting the wheel is not observed;
2
– thread the cable and the compo- nent 2 through the wheel rim;
– centre the component 2 in the middle of the wheel and clip it to the wheel rim;
– lift the retaining cable up as far as it will go and check the wheel is com- pletely secure.
Note: do not place a punctured wheel with aluminium wheel rims in the emergency spare wheel winch. Ensure the winch is refitted correctly.
Place the punctured wheel flat on the ground. The valve 7 must be facing you.
Risk of losing the wheel.
ENG_UD57057_1
Crevaison, roue de secours (X62 - Renault)
Do not touch the exhaust system.
Risk of burns.
5.3
TOOL KIT
2 3 9
4
5
1
8
7 6 5
3
6
– wheelbrace 5 ;
– winch unlocking key 6 ;
– hexagonal extension piece 7 ;
– extension pieces 8 ;
– jack 9 .
4
Location of the tool kit
Tool kit 1 is located under the driver’s seat.
To remove the tools, move the seat forward and fold down the seatback
– hydraulic jack 2 ;
– towing hitch 3 ;
– hubcap tool 4 ;
Nothing should be placed on the floor area in front of the driver as such objects may slide under the pedal during braking manoeuvres, thus obstructing its use.
Do not leave the tools unsecured inside the vehicle as they may come loose under braking. After use, check that all the tools are correctly clipped into the tool kit, then position it correctly in its housing: risk of injury.
If bolts are supplied with the emergency spare wheel, it is imperative that they are used and that they are used for the emergency spare wheel only: refer to the label affixed to the emergency spare wheel.
The jack is designed for wheel changing purposes only. Under no circumstances should it be used for carrying out repairs underneath the vehicle or to gain access to the underside of the vehicle.
5.4
ENG_UD57058_1 blocs outils / enjoliveur (X62 - Renault)
Tool kit tool kit ........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) changing a wheel.......................................
(up to the end of the DU) jack ............................................................
(up to the end of the DU) puncture.....................................................
(up to the end of the DU) wheelbrace ................................................
(up to the end of the DU) hubcap tool ................................................
(current page) towing hitch................................................
(current page) lifting the vehicle changing a wheel .................................
(current page)
TYRE INFLATION KIT (1/6)
A
B
The kit repairs tyres when tread A has been damaged by objects smaller than 4 mm. It cannot repair all types of puncture, such as cuts larger than 4 mm, or cuts in tyre sidewall B .
Ensure also that the wheel rim is in good condition.
Do not pull out the foreign body causing the puncture if it is still in the tyre.
Do not attempt to use the inflation kit if the tyre has been damaged as a result of driving with a puncture.
You should therefore carefully check the condition of the tyre sidewalls before any operation.
Driving with underinflated, flat or punctured tyres can be dangerous and may make the tyre impossible to repair.
This repair is temporary.
A tyre which has been punctured should always be inspected (and repaired, where possible) by a spe- cialist as soon as possible.
When taking a tyre which has been repaired using this kit to be replaced, you must inform the specialist.
When driving, vibration may be felt due to the presence of the repair product injected into the tyre.
The kit is only approved for inflating the tyres of the vehicle originally equipped with the kit.
It must never be used to inflate the tyres of another vehicle, or any other inflatable object (rubber ring, rubber boat, etc.).
Avoid spillage on skin when han- dling the repair product bottle. If droplets do leak out, rinse them off with plenty of water.
Keep the repair kit away from children.
Do not dispose of the empty bottle in the countryside. Return it to your approved dealer or to a recycling organisation.
The bottle has a limited service life which is indicated on its label.
Check the expiry date.
Contact an approved dealer to replace the inflation tube and repair product bottle.
5.5
ENG_UD60261_2
Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
Tyre inflation kit puncture.....................................................
(up to the end of the DU) tyre inflation kit...........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
TYRE INFLATION KIT (2/6)
1
C
2
D
Before using this kit, park the vehicle at a sufficient distance from traffic, switch on the hazard warning lights, apply the handbrake, ask all passengers to leave the vehicle and keep them away from traffic.
4
3
Inflation kit C
Depending on the vehicle, in the event of a puncture, use inflation kit 1 located underneath the driver’s seat.
Vehicle fitted with a tyre pressure loss warning system
In the event of under-inflation (punc- tures, under-inflation etc.), the warning light appears on the instrument
Move the driver’s seat forward and fold down the seatback to access the inflation kit.
Open it.
Screw compressor adapter 3 to container 2 and clip onto compressor D .
The bottle must remain in an upright position.
Unscrew the valve cap on the tyre concerned.
Screw inflation adapter 4 onto the valve.
If the vehicle is parked on the hard shoulder, you must warn other road users of your vehicle’s presence with a warning triangle or with other devices as per the legislation applying to the country you are in.
Do not pull out the foreign body causing the puncture if it is still in the tyre.
5.6
ENG_UD60261_2
Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
TYRE INFLATION KIT (3/6)
5
6
5
7
8
9
6
11
10
To connect the compressor, open the bonnet and connect the black clamp 10 to earth 5
Then connect red clamp 11 to termi- nal 6 .
With the engine running, press switch 7 to start inflating.
After a maximum of 15 minutes, stop inflating and read the pressure on pressure gauge 9 .
A pressure of at least 4.7 bar must be reached.
Note: while the bottle is emptying (ap- proximately 30 seconds), the pressure gauge 9 will indicate briefly a pressure of up to 6 bars, then the pressure drops.
Before starting the engine, check that the handbrake is applied and the gear lever is in neutral or in position N for sequential gearboxes.
If the correct pressure cannot be achieved, repair is impossible. Do not drive the vehicle. Consult an approved dealer.
If the pressure is too high, press button 8 to lower the pressure.
5.7
ENG_UD60261_2
Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
TYRE INFLATION KIT (4/6)
4
2
3
Once the tyre is correctly inflated, remove the kit: slowly unscrew the in- flation adapter 3 to prevent any prod- uct spatter and screw the tyre inflation hose 4 to the bottle opening 2 to pre- vent the product from escaping.
Affix the driving recommendation label to the dashboard where it can easily be seen by the driver;
Store the kit underneath the driver’s seat.
Start the vehicle immediately in order to the distribute the product in the tyre and, after 6 miles (10 km) or 10 min- utes driving, stop to check the pres- sure. To do this, fit adapter 3 onto the tyre’s valve. If the pressure is less than recommended, readjust it.
➥ 4.11Otherwise, contact an approved
dealer: the tyre cannot be repaired.
Precautions when using the kit
The kit should not be operated for more than 15 consecutive minutes.
The container must be replaced after the first use even if liquid remains inside.
When driving, vibration may be felt due to the presence of the product injected into the tyre.
Nothing should be placed around the driver’s feet as such objects may slide under the pedals during sudden braking manoeuvres and obstruct their use.
Please be aware that a poorly tightened or miss- ing valve cap can make the tyres less airtight and lead to pressure loss.
Always use valve caps identical to those fitted originally and tighten them fully.
Following repair with the kit, do not travel further than
120 miles (200 km). In addition, reduce your speed and under no circumstances exceed
48 mph (80 km/h). The sticker, which you must affix in a prominent position on the dashboard, reminds you of this.
Depending on the country or local legislation, a tyre repaired with the inflation kit may need to be replaced.
5.8
ENG_UD60261_2
Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
TYRE INFLATION KIT (5/6)
E
13
12
Inflation kit E
Depending on the vehicle, in the event of a puncture, use the inflation kit located underneath the driver’s seat.
Vehicle fitted with a tyre pressure loss warning system
In the event of under-inflation (punc- tures, under-inflation etc.), the warning light appears on the instrument
With the engine running and the parking brake applied,
– Disconnect any accessories previ- ously connected to the vehicle’s ac- cessories sockets;
– refer to the information on the in- flation kit compressor that is lo- cated under the driver’s seat and follow the instructions;
– inflate the tyre to the recommended pressure
– after a maximum of 15 minutes, stop inflating and read the pressure (on the pressure gauge 12 );
Note: while the bottle is empty- ing (approximately 30 seconds), the pressure gauge 12 will indicate briefly a pressure of 6 bar, then the pressure drops.
– Adjust the pressure: to increase it, continue inflation with the kit. To reduce it, press the button 13 .
If a minimum pressure of 1.8 bar is not reached after 15 minutes, repair is not possible; do not drive the ve- hicle but contact an approved dealer.
Before using this kit, park the vehicle at a sufficient distance from traffic, switch on the hazard warning lights, apply the handbrake, ask all passengers to leave the vehicle and keep them away from traffic.
If the vehicle is parked on the hard shoulder, you must warn other road users of your vehicle’s presence with a warning triangle or with other devices as per the legislation applying to the country you are in.
5.9
ENG_UD60261_2
Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
TYRE INFLATION KIT (6/6)
14
Once the tyre is correctly inflated, remove the kit: unscrew the inflation adapter slowly from the container 14 to prevent any product spatter and store the container in plastic packaging to prevent product leaks.
Nothing should be placed around the driver’s feet as such objects may slide under the pedals during sudden braking manoeuvres and obstruct their use.
– Affix the driving recommendation label (located under the container) to the dashboard where the driver can see it.
– Put the kit away.
– At the end of this initial inflation op- eration, air will still escape from the tyre. You must drive a short distance in order to seal the hole.
– Start immediately and drive at a speed between 12 to 37 mph (20 to 60 km/h) in order to distribute the product evenly in the tyre; after driv- ing a distance of 2 miles (3 km), stop and check the pressure.
– If the pressure is higher than 1.3 bar but lower than the recommended pressure (refer to the label affixed to the edge of the driver’s door), adjust it. Otherwise, contact an approved dealer: the tyre cannot be repaired.
Precautions when using the kit
The kit should not be operated for more than 15 consecutive minutes.
The container must be replaced after the first use even if liquid remains inside.
Please be aware that a poorly tightened or missing valve cap can make the tyres less airtight and may lead to pressure loss.
Always use valve caps identical to those fitted originally and tighten them fully.
Following repair with the kit, do not travel further than
120 miles (200 km). In addition, reduce your speed and under no circumstances exceed
48 mph (80 km/h). The sticker, which you must affix in a prominent position on the dashboard, reminds you of this.
Depending on the country or local legislation, a tyre repaired with the inflation kit may need to be replaced.
5.10
ENG_UD60261_2
Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
WHEEL TRIMS (1/2)
1
C
A
B
D
2
3
1
3
3
3
4
Remove it using hubcap tool 1 (found in the tool kit), by pushing the hook into the opening located near the valve (to reach the metal retaining wire located behind the wheel trim).
To refit it, align it with the valve. Push the retaining hooks, starting with side A on the valve side, then B and C and finish with the side opposite the valve D .
Remove it using hubcap tool 1 , inserting the tool into the recesses 3 provided.
To refit it, align it with the wheel bolts, clip it in and check it is securely locked.
ENG_UD57060_1
Enjoliveurs (X62 - Renault)
Wheel trims changing a wheel.......................................
(up to the end of the DU) hubcap tool ................................................
(up to the end of the DU) trims ...........................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
5.11
WHEEL TRIMS (2/2)
5 6
To remove it without removing the wheel, press it at the points indicated by the arrows.
Turn it so that the retaining brackets holding it in place behind the wheel bolts are released.
To refit the hubcap, proceed in reverse order.
Wheel trim 6
(front wheel only for vehicles equipped with dual wheels)
Remove the nut covers 6 by hand, then remove the wheel trim.
5.12
ENG_UD57060_1
Enjoliveurs (X62 - Renault)
CHANGING A WHEEL: hydraulic jack (1/3)
Undo the wheel bolts by fitting the wheel spanner 3 extended using the hexagonal extension piece 2 (supplied in the tool kit) and pressing down.
1
2
3
When removing dual wheels, unscrew inflating extension piece 1 .
Do not forget to reattach it when refitting.
Anti-theft bolt
If you use anti-theft bolts, fit these nearest the valve (otherwise it may not be possible to fit the wheel trim).
If the vehicle is parked on the hard shoulder, you must warn other road users of your vehicle’s presence with a warning triangle or with other devices as per the legislation apply- ing to the country you are in.
Switch on the hazard warning lights.
Keep the vehicle away from traffic and on a level surface where it will not slip.
Apply the parking brake and engage a gear (first or reverse, or D , M or
R position on a sequential gearbox).
Ask all the passengers to leave the vehicle and keep them away from traffic.
5.13
ENG_UD64446_3 changement de roue : cric hydraulique (X62 - Renault)
Changing a wheel: hydraulic jack changing a wheel.......................................
(up to the end of the DU) puncture.....................................................
(up to the end of the DU) lifting the vehicle changing a wheel .................................
(up to the end of the DU)
CHANGING A WHEEL: hydraulic jack (2/3)
Fit the emergency spare wheel on the central hub and, depending on the vehicle, turn it to align the mounting holes in the wheel and the hub.
If bolts are supplied with the emergency spare wheel, only use these bolts for the emergency spare wheel.
2
Take the jack 3 out of the tool kit.
Familiarise yourself with the jack arrangement prior to using it.
Using the jack
Position the head of the jack against the contact point 2 close to the wheel concerned.
Place the jack 3 horizontally. The jack head must line up with the point 2 provided.
3
4
Start pumping using the three exten- sion pieces 4 placed end to end, avail-
Free the wheel from the ground.
Note: the use of the three extension pieces 4 prevents you having to go under the vehicle to operate the jack 3 when raising the vehicle.
Remove the screws, then remove the wheel (take off the central wheel trim if necessary).
To prevent any risk of injury or damage to the vehicle, raise the jack until the wheel you are replacing is a maximum of 3 centimetres off the ground.
5.14
ENG_UD64446_3 changement de roue : cric hydraulique (X62 - Renault)
CHANGING A WHEEL: hydraulic jack (3/3)
E
D
F
C
A
B
K
G
H
J
I
Tighten the nuts and lower the jack.
With the wheel on the ground, tighten the bolts completely, following the order of tightening below:
Wheel with 6 holes: start with screw A , then D , B , E , C and finish with F .
Wheel with 5 holes: start with screw G , then J , H , K and finish with I .
Have the tightening and the pressure of the spare wheel checked as soon as possible.
5.15
ENG_UD64446_3 changement de roue : cric hydraulique (X62 - Renault)
CHANGING A WHEEL: jack (1/2)
If the vehicle is parked on the hard shoulder, you must warn other road users of your vehicle’s presence with a warning triangle or with other devices as per the legislation apply- ing to the country you are in.
Switch on the hazard warning lights.
Keep the vehicle away from traffic and on a level surface where it will not slip.
Apply the parking brake and engage a gear (first or reverse, or D , M or R position in the case of a sequential gearbox).
Ask all the passengers to leave the vehicle and keep them away from traffic.
2
B
A
Vehicle equipped with a jack with a heightener
When changing a front wheel, use the heightener 1 (figure A ).
When changing a rear wheel, remove the heightener 1 (figure B ).
If necessary, remove the wheel trim.
Use the wheelbrace 2 to slacken off the wheel bolts. Position it so as to be able to push from above.
To prevent any risk of injury or damage to the vehicle, raise the jack until the wheel you are replacing is a maximum of 3 centimetres off the ground.
5.16
1
ENG_UD63224_2 changement de roue : cric (X62 - Renault)
Changing a wheel: jack
CHANGING A WHEEL: jack (2/2)
3
3
C
5
D
G
2
F
E
4
Position jack 4 horizontally. Jack head 3 must be positioned level with the rein- forcement panel closest to the wheel in question or the contact points 5 ; start cranking the jack up by hand to align the base plate (which should be pushed slightly under the vehicle).
Turn the wheelbrace a few times using the wheel spanner 2 until the wheel is lifted off the ground. Remove the bolts and take off the wheel; fit the emergency spare wheel on the central hub and turn it to locate the mounting holes in the wheel and the hub.
If bolts are supplied with the emergency spare wheel, only use these bolts for the emergency spare wheel. Tighten the bolts, checking that the wheel is correctly positioned on its hub and unscrew the jack.
Note: do not lubricate the wheel bolts.
Anti-theft bolt
If you use anti-theft bolts, fit these nearest the valve (otherwise it may not be possible to fit the wheel trim).
With the wheel on the ground, tigh- ten the bolts firmly, starting on side C , then E , G , D and ending with F . Check the tightness and the tyre pressure on the emergency spare wheel as soon as possible.
If you have a puncture, replace the wheel as soon as possible.
A tyre which has been punctured should always be inspected
(and repaired, where possible) by a specialist.
5.17
ENG_UD63224_2 changement de roue : cric (X62 - Renault) changing a wheel.......................................
(current page) puncture.....................................................
(current page) lifting the vehicle changing a wheel .................................
(current page)
TYRES (1/3)
The tyres are the only contact between the vehicle and the road, so it is essential to keep them in good condition.
You must make sure that your tyres conform to local road traffic regulations.
1
2
When the tyre tread has been worn to the level of the wear indicators, they become visible 2: it is then necessary to replace your tyres because the tread rubber is no more than 1.6 mm deep, resulting in poor roadholding on wet roads .
An overloaded vehicle, long journeys by motorway, particularly in very hot weather, or continual driving on poorly surfaced minor roads will lead to more rapid tyre wear and affect safety.
Maintaining the tyres
The tyres must be in good condition and the tread form must have sufficient depth; tyres approved by our Technical
Department have tread wear indicators 1 which are indicators moulded into the tread at several points .
Incidents which occur when driving, such as striking the kerb, may damage the tyres and wheel rims, and could also lead to misalignment of the front or rear axle geometry. In this case, have the condition of these checked by an approved dealer.
5.18
ENG_UD57063_1 pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
Tyres tyres ...........................................................
(up to the end of the DU) wheels (safety) ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
TYRES (2/3)
Tyre pressures
Adhere to the tyre pressures (including the emergency spare wheel). The tyre pressures should be checked at least once a month and additionally before any long journey (refer to the label affixed to the edge of the driver’s door).
Pressures should be checked when the tyres are cold; ignore higher pressures which may be reached in hot weather or following a fast journey.
If tyre pressures cannot be checked when the tyres are cold, the normal pressures must be increased by 0.2
to
0.3
bar (or 3 PSI ).
Never deflate a hot tyre.
Dual wheel versions
To inflate the outer wheel, it is recommended that the inflation tube is passed between the two wheels.
Incorrect tyre pressures lead to abnormal tyre wear and unusually hot running.
These are factors which may seriously affect safety and lead to:
– poor road holding;
– risk of bursting or tread separation.
The pressure depends on the load and the speed of use. Adjust the pressure according to the conditions of use (refer to the label affixed to the edge of the driver’s door).
Please be aware that a poorly tightened or missing valve cap can make the tyres less airtight and lead to pressure loss.
Always use valve caps identical to those fitted originally and tighten them fully.
Vehicle fitted with a tyre pressure loss warning system
In the event of under-inflation (punc- tures, under-inflation, etc.), the warning light appears on the instrument panel
Changing wheels around
This practice is not recommended.
Emergency spare wheel
5.19
ENG_UD57063_1 pneumatiques (X62 - Renault)
TYRES (3/3)
Fitting new tyres
For your safety, please re- spect the speed limit.
When they need to be re- placed, only tyres of the same make, size, type and profile should be used on a single axle.
They must either have a load ca- pacity and speed rating at least equal to those of the original tyres, or be recommended by an authorised dealer.
Failure to heed these instructions could endanger your safety and affect your vehicle’s roadworthi- ness.
Risk of loss of control of the ve- hicle.
Use in winter
Chains
Chains must not be fitted to tyres which are larger than those originally fitted to the vehicle.
Front wheel drive versions
For safety reasons, fitting snow chains to the rear axle is strictly for- bidden.
Rear wheel drive versions
For safety reasons, only fit chains on the rear axle.
Note: for rear wheel drive, dual wheel versions, fit chains on the outer rear wheels.
Snow or winter tyres
We would recommend that these be fitted to all four wheels to ensure that your vehicle retains maximum grip.
Note: be aware that these tyres may sometimes have:
– a direction of travel ;
– a maximum speed index which may be lower than the maximum speed of your vehicle.
Studded tyres
This type of equipment may only be used for a limited period and as laid down by local legislation.
It is necessary to observe the speed specified by current legislation.
These tyres must, as a minimum, be fitted to the two wheels on the front axle for front wheel drive versions and all the rear wheels for rear wheel drive versions.
5.20
Chains may only be fitted to tyres of the same size as those originally fitted to your vehicle.
Only certain chains can be fitted to tyres. Consult an approved Dealer.
In all cases, we would recommend that you contact an approved Dealer who will be able to advise you on the choice of equipment which is most suitable for your vehicle.
ENG_UD57063_1 pneumatiques (X62 - Renault) use in winter ..............................................
(current page)
HEADLIGHTS: changing bulbs (1/2)
3
Direction indicators
Turn the bulb holder 3 a quarter turn to the left.
To refit, turn the bulb holder a quarter turn to the right.
Bulb type : PY21W.
2
A
B
1
Dipped beam headlights
Remove the cover B and unclip the bulb holder 2 .
Bulb type: H7LL.
Do not touch the bulb glass. Hold it by its base.
Note: once the bulb has been replaced, ensure the cover is refitted correctly.
Main beam headlights
Remove the cover A and unclip the bulb holder 1 .
Bulb type: H1.
Note: once the bulb has been replaced, ensure the cover is refitted correctly.
Before carrying out any action in the engine com- partment, you must switch off the ignition.
The bulbs are under pressure and can break when replaced.
Risk of injury.
To comply with current legislation, or as a precaution, you can obtain an emergency kit from an approved dealer containing a set of spare bulbs and fuses.
Please note when work- ing close to the engine that it may be hot. In addition, the engine cooling fan may start at any moment. The warning light in the engine compart- ment reminds you of this.
Risk of injury.
5.21
ENG_UD57064_1 projecteurs avant : remplacement des lampes (X62 - Renault)
Headlights (changing bulbs) bulbs changing ..............................................
(up to the end of the DU) changing a bulb .........................................
(up to the end of the DU) lights: dipped beam headlights .......................
(up to the end of the DU) lights: direction indicators ...............................
(up to the end of the DU) lights: side lights .............................................
(up to the end of the DU) lights: daytime running lights ..........................
(up to the end of the DU) lights: main beam headlights ..........................
(up to the end of the DU)
HEADLIGHTS: changing bulbs (2/2)
4
Front fog lights5
– Unscrew the wheel arch liner 6 using a screwdriver type tool;
– access the bulb holder located behind the bumper, via the wheel arch liner;
– unscrew the bulb holder.
Type of bulb: H16LL
5
LED side lights/daytime running lights 4
Consult an approved dealer.
The bulbs are under pressure and can break when replaced.
Risk of injury.
Any operation on (or modification to) the electrical system must be performed by an approved dealer since an incorrect connection might damage the electrical equipment
(harness, components and in particular the alternator). In addition, your Dealer has all the parts required for fitting these units.
5.22
6
To comply with current legislation, or as a precaution, you can obtain an emergency kit from an approved dealer containing a set of spare bulbs and fuses.
ENG_UD57064_1 projecteurs avant : remplacement des lampes (X62 - Renault)
SIDE LIGHTS: changing bulbs
B
A
1
2
3
Side indicator lights
Move mirror 1 to access the bolt.
Undo the bolt using a Torx screwdriver.
Take out the indicator light and replace bulb 2 .
Bulb type, depending on vehicle:
WY5W or P21W.
To comply with current legislation, or as a precaution, you can obtain an emergency kit from an approved dealer containing a set of spare bulbs and fuses.
Clearance lights
Push light 3 (movement A ) and press at B to release the light.
Turn the bulb holder a quarter of a turn and replace the bulb.
Bulb type: W5W.
The bulbs are under pressure and can break when replaced.
Risk of injury.
5.23
ENG_UD60003_3 feux latéraux : remplacement des lampes (X62 - Renault)
Side lights lights: replacement of bulbs side indicator lights ..............................
(current page)
REAR LIGHTS: changing bulbs (1/2)
A
4
1
3
5
2
1
Rear lights
Depending on the vehicle, remove the protective grilles. Unscrew the two nuts 1 and pull rear light unit A .
Unscrew the bolt 2 using a flat-blade screwdriver or similar to remove the bulb holder 3 .
6
7
4 Side lights and brake lights
Pear-shaped, bayonet type P21/5W bulb with two filaments.
5 Indicator
Orange pear-shaped, bayonet type
PY21W bulb.
6 Reversing light
Pear-shaped, bayonet type bulb
P21W .
7 Fog light
Pear-shaped, bayonet type bulb
P21W .
The bulbs are under pressure and can break when replaced.
Risk of injury.
5.24
ENG_UD34907_2 feux arrière version fourgon : remplacement des lampes (X62 - Renault) rear lights bulbs changing ..............................................
(up to the end of the DU) changing a bulb .........................................
(up to the end of the DU) lights: fog lights ..............................................
(current page) lights: dipped beam headlights .......................
(current page) lights: hazard warning ....................................
(current page) lights: reversing lights .....................................
(current page) lights: brake lights ..........................................
(current page) bulbs changing ..............................................
(current page)
REAR LIGHTS: changing bulbs (2/2)
8
9 10
High-level brake light
Remove cover 8 .
Unscrew the nut.
Remove the unit, from outside the vehicle, to gain access to bulb 9 .
Bulb type: W16W.
Number plate lights
Unclip light 10 (using a flat-blade screwdriver or similar).
Remove the light cover to gain access to the bulb.
Bulb type: W5W.
lights: brake lights ..........................................
(current page)
ENG_UD34907_2 feux arrière version fourgon : remplacement des lampes (X62 - Renault)
5.25
INTERIOR LIGHTING: changing bulbs
1
2
3
4
Halogen bulb courtesy light
Unclip the ceiling light diffuser 1 using a flat blade screwdriver or similar.
Pull the bulb to remove it from its hous- ing.
Bulb type: W6W or W5W
Replace the bulb and refit the lens.
LED courtesy light
Consult an approved dealer.
Special features for vehicles fitted with a reading lamp
Bulb type 2: W6W or W5W
Type of reading lamp 3: W5W
The bulbs are under pres- sure and may break when replaced. Risk of injury .
Halogen rear light
Unclip the ceiling light diffuser using a flat blade screwdriver or similar.
Pull the bulb to remove it from its hous- ing.
Type of bulb 4: W6W
Replace the bulb and refit the lens.
LED rear light
Consult an approved dealer.
5.26
ENG_UD76514_6
Éclairage intérieur : remplacement des lampes (X62 - Renault)
Interior lighting bulbs changing ..............................................
(up to the end of the DU) changing a bulb .........................................
(up to the end of the DU) interior lighting: changing bulbs .....................................
(up to the end of the DU) bulbs changing ..............................................
(up to the end of the DU) courtesy light .............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
FUSES (1/5)
Your vehicle is equipped with two fuse boxes: in the passenger compartment and in the engine compartment.
1
If any electrical component does not work, check the condition of the fuses.
Remove the fuse using tweezers 1 , located at the back of flap A .
To remove the fuse from the tweezers, slide the fuse to the side.
It is not advisable to use the free fuse locations.
To comply with legislation, or as a precaution, you can obtain an emergency kit containing a set of spare bulbs and fuses from an approved dealer.
Check the fuse in question and replace it, if necessary, by a fuse of the same rating .
If a fuse is fitted where the rating is too high, it may cause the electrical circuit to overheat (risk of fire) in the event of an item of equipment using an excessive amount of current.
B
A
Fuses in the passenger compartment
Unclip flap A using notch B to help you.
To identify the fuses, refer to the fuse allocation label (see the next page for details), located on the rear of flap A .
5.27
ENG_UD57069_1
Fusibles (X62 - Renault)
Fuses fuses ..........................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
FUSES (2/5)
Allocation of fuses (DEPENDING ON THE EQUIPMENT LEVEL)
Numbers Allocation
î
Radio, heated seats, multi- function display, sockets for audio and alarm connec- tions
ë Accessories sockets
Æ Cigarette lighter a
N
D
Instrument panel, diagnos- tic socket
Central door control
Passenger compartment computer, direction indica- tor lights and rear fog lights
5.28
V Right-hand side light
Y Left-hand side light
Numbers Allocation
Z Brake lights, interior lighting
U
Lighting dimmer, interior lighting
ß Brake lights
‚
Electric windows, heating and air conditioning system and passenger compart- ment computer
8
Left-hand heated rear screen
7
Right-hand heated rear screen l Windscreen washer
0 Engine immobiliser
Numbers n
Allocation
ABS/ESC
Hands-free access
£ y
Tachograph
Heating and air conditioning system fan
Additional adaptations h
Electric windows and pas- senger compartment com- puter t
Heated door mirror
^
Diesel fuel heater
PTO Engine power take-off ñ Heated seats
Ä
Passenger compartment
ECU
Ì Horn
ENG_UD57069_1
Fusibles (X62 - Renault)
FUSES (3/5)
2
3
C
4 5
4
Fuses in the engine compartment
Removing fuse box C
Remove screw 2 and remove coolant reservoir 3 .
Unscrew the four screws 4 .
No operations should be carried out on the cooling circuit when the engine is hot.
Risk of burns.
Please note when work- ing close to the engine that it may be hot. The engine cooling fan may also start at any moment. The minds you of this.
warning light in the engine compartment re-
Risk of injury.
Turn unit 5 over to access the fuses in the engine compartment.
To identify the fuses, refer to the fuse allocation label (see the next page for details), located on unit 5 .
Check that no water or dust enters unit 5 when it is being removed/re- fitted.
Deactivate the Stop and
Start function for any opera- tion performed in the engine compartment.
5.29
ENG_UD57069_1
Fusibles (X62 - Renault)
FUSES (4/5)
5
6
C
7
4
5
4
2
3
C
Refitting fuse box C
Clip the mountings 7 , then clip mounting 6 .
Screw the four screws 4 to ensure that unit 5 is completely sealed.
Position coolant reservoir 3 , then screw bolt 2 .
Check that no water or dust enters unit 5 when it is being removed/re- fitted.
5.30
ENG_UD57069_1
Fusibles (X62 - Renault)
FUSES (5/5)
Allocation of fuses (DEPENDING ON THE EQUIPMENT LEVEL)
Symbol Allocation d De-icing t
T
L
Heating and air condition- ing system
Right-hand dipped beam headlight
Left-hand dipped beam headlight
G Fog light
Q
Left-hand main beam headlight
Symbol
P
Allocation
Right-hand main beam headlight n ABS f Windscreen wiper
ENG_UD57069_1
Fusibles (X62 - Renault)
5.31
BATTERY: troubleshooting (1/3)
To avoid all risk of sparks:
– Ensure that any power consumers
(courtesy lights, etc.) are switched off before disconnecting or recon- necting a battery;
– when charging, stop the charger before connecting or disconnecting the battery;
– do not place metal objects on the battery as this could create a short circuit between the terminals;
– always wait at least one minute after the engine has been switched off before disconnecting a battery;
– make sure that you reconnect the battery terminals after refitting.
Connecting a battery charger
The battery charger must be com- patible with a battery with nominal voltage of 12 volts.
Do not disconnect the battery when the engine is running. Follow the instruc- tions given by the manufacturer of the battery charger you are using.
If many accessories are fitted to the vehicle, have them connected to the +
After ignition feed .
Special procedures may be required to charge some batteries. Contact your ap- proved dealer.
Avoid all risk of sparks which may cause an immediate explosion, and charge the battery in a well venti- lated area.
Risk of serious injury.
Before carrying out any action in the engine com- partment, you must switch
Risk of injury.
Handle the battery with care as it contains sulphuric acid, which must not come into contact with eyes or skin. If it does, wash the affected area with plenty of cold water. If necessary, consult a doctor.
Ensure that naked flames, red hot objects and sparks do not come into contact with the battery as there is a risk of explosion.
Please note when working close to the engine that it may be hot. In ad- dition, the engine cooling fan may start at any moment. The warning light in the engine compart- ment reminds you of this.
Risk of injury.
5.32
Battery: troubleshooting battery breakdown recovery ............................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD76518_3
Batterie : dépannage (X62 - Renault)
BATTERY: troubleshooting (2/3)
Starting the vehicle using the battery from another vehicle
If you have to use the battery from another vehicle to start, obtain suitable jump leads (with a large cross section) from an approved dealer or, if you already have jump leads, ensure that they are in perfect condition.
The two batteries must have an iden- tical nominal voltage: 12 volts.
The battery supplying the current should have a capacity (amp-hours, Ah) which is at least the same as that of the dis- charged battery.
Ensure that there is no risk of contact between the two vehicles (risk of short circuiting when the positive terminals are connected). Switch off your vehicle ignition.
4
3
Attach the positive cable ( + ) A to termi- nal 3 , then to terminal ( + ) 2 of the bat- tery supplying the current.
Attach the negative cable ( – ) B to ter- minal ( – ) 1 of the battery supplying the current, then to earth ( – ) 4 .
3
4
ENG_UD76518_3
Batterie : dépannage (X62 - Renault)
5.33
BATTERY: troubleshooting (3/3)
B
A
1 2
Start the engine of the vehicle supply- ing the current and run it at an interme- diate engine speed.
If your vehicle’s engine does not start immediately, switch off the ignition and wait a few seconds before repeating the operation.
With the engine running, disconnect the A and B cables in reverse order
( 4 - 1 - 2 - 3 ).
Check that there is no con- tact between leads A and B and that the positive lead A is not touching any metal parts on the vehicle supplying the current.
Risk of injury and/or damage to the vehicle.
5.34
ENG_UD76518_3
Batterie : dépannage (X62 - Renault)
RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: battery (1/2)
A
3
2
1
Replacing the battery
Open the case at slot 1 using a flat- blade screwdriver or similar and re- place the battery 2 , observing the type and polarity shown on the back of the cover.
Note: It is not advisable to touch the electrical circuit in the key cover when replacing the battery.
1
Special feature of key A
Undo screw 3 to remove the remote control cover.
When they need to be re- placed, be sure to use the same or equivalent type of battery (consult an
Approved Dealer).
When refitting, ensure that the cover is correctly clipped on and the screw tightened.
2
The batteries are available from ap- proved Dealers, and their service life approximately two years. Check that there is no dye on the battery: risk of an incorrect electrical con- tact.
5.35
ENG_UD57071_1 télécommande à radiofréquence : piles (X62 - Renault)
Key, radio frequency remote control: battery remote control door locking batteries ...............................................
(up to the end of the DU)
RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: battery (2/2)
Operating faults
If the battery is too weak to ensure cor- rect operation, you will still be able to start and lock/unlock the vehicle
5.36
3
Do not throw away your used bat- teries; give them to an organisation responsible for collecting and recy- cling batteries.
When replacing:
– make sure that the batter- ies are correctly inserted.
Risk of explosion .
– if the flap does not close cor- rectly, do not use and keep out of reach of children.
Precautions relating to batteries:
– keep (new or used) bat- teries out of reach of chil- dren;
– do not swallow batteries;
Risk of chemical burns which may lead to death .
– if ingested or inserted into any part of the body, consult a doctor as soon as possible.
ENG_UD57071_1 télécommande à radiofréquence : piles (X62 - Renault)
HANDS-FREE ACCESS TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER: battery (1/2)
2
1
Replacing the battery
Use a coin to open the unit via slot 1 .
Replace battery 2 according to the direction marked on the cover.
Note: it is not advisable to touch the electronic circuit in the cover when replacing the battery.
The batteries are available from approved Dealers, and their service life approximately two years.
Check that there is no dye on the battery: risk of an incorrect electrical contact.
When refitting, ensure that the cover is correctly clipped into place.
When they need to be replaced, be sure to use the same or equivalent type of battery (consult an
Approved Dealer).
5.37
ENG_UD57072_1
Badge accès mains libres : pile (X62 - Renault)
Hands-free access transmitter/receiver: battery
HANDS-FREE ACCESS TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER: battery (2/2)
Operating faults
If the battery is too weak to ensure cor- rect operation, you will still be able to lock/unlock the vehicle
5.38
Do not throw away your used bat- teries; give them to an organisation responsible for collecting and recy- cling batteries.
When replacing:
– make sure that the batter- ies are correctly inserted.
Risk of explosion .
– if the flap does not close cor- rectly, do not use and keep out of reach of children.
Precautions relating to batteries:
– keep (new or used) bat- teries out of reach of chil- dren;
– do not swallow batteries;
Risk of chemical burns which may lead to death .
– if ingested or inserted into any part of the body, consult a doctor as soon as possible.
ENG_UD57072_1
Badge accès mains libres : pile (X62 - Renault)
WIPER BLADES
5
3
4
2
1
To access the wiper blades, stand on step 1 .
Note: the step may be slippery.
Replacing windscreen wiper blades 2
With the ignition on and the engine switched off , lower the windscreen wiper stalk fully: the wipers stop in a position away from the bonnet.
– Lift wiper arm 4 ;
– move the blade into a horizontal position;
B
A
– press tab 3 and slide the wiper blade downwards to release hook 5 from the wiper arm;
– slide the blade A then lift it B to re- lease it.
Refitting
To refit the wiper blade, proceed in the reverse order to removal. Make sure that the blade is correctly locked in po- sition.
Check the condition of the wiper blades. You are responsible for their service life:
– clean the blades and the windscreen regularly with soapy water;
– do not use them when the windscreen is dry;
– free them from the windscreen when they have not been used for a long time.
– In frosty weather, make sure that the wiper blades are not stuck by ice (to avoid the risk of the motor overheating).
– Check the condition of the wiper blades.
Replace the wiper blades as soon as they begin to lose efficiency
(approximately once a year).
Whilst changing the blade, take care not to drop the arm onto the window after it has been removed as this may break the window.
5.39
ENG_UD69979_2 balais d’essuie-vitre avant (X62 - Renault)
Replacing wiper blades wiper blades ..............................................
(current page) foot panel ...................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
TOWING: breakdown (1/2)
The steering wheel must not be locked and the ignition key must be in “Mˮ position (ignition on) to enable the signalling to operate
(brake lights, hazard warning lights etc.) At night the vehicle must have its lights on.
Unhitch the trailer, etc., if one is being towed.
You must observe the towing regulations which apply in the country in which you are driving: do not exceed the towing weight for your vehicle.
Contact an approved dealer.
Towing a vehicle with a sequential gearbox
If the gearbox is stuck in a gear:
– switch on the ignition;
– with the brake pedal pressed, select neutral;
– check that the gearbox is in neutral
(by pushing the vehicle for example).
If you cannot find neutral you must tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised.
The vehicle should always be towed with the ignition switched off.
Do not remove the key from the ignition when the vehicle is being towed.
When the engine is stopped, steering and braking assistance are not operational.
– Use a rigid towing bar.
If a rope or cable is used
(where the law allows this), the vehicle being towed must be able to brake.
– A vehicle must not be towed if it is not fit to be driven.
– Avoid accelerating or braking suddenly when towing, as this may result in damage being caused to the vehicle.
– When towing a vehicle, it is advisable not to exceed 15 mph
(25 km/h) .
5.40
ENG_UD63608_2 remorque : dépannage (X62 - Renault)
Towing towing breakdown ...........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
TOWING: breakdown (2/2)
2
3
1
4
Only use:
– At the rear left, towing point 1.
– At the front, towing hitch 3 (from the tool kit) and towing point 2.
These towing points may only be used for pulling the vehicle, never for lifting it either directly or indirectly.
Accessing towing eye 3
Move the driver’s seat forward and tilt the seatback in order to access the tool kit
Accessing front towing point 2
Unclip cover 4 by inserting a flat-blade screwdriver or similar under the cover.
Screw-in the towing ring 3 by hand as far as it will go , then tighten it fully using the wheelbrace stored in the tool kit
Ensure that the towing eye is bolted correctly.
Risk of losing the towed object.
When storing the tools, ensure that they are cor- rectly placed in their original positions in the toolbox and store the toolbox under the driver’s seat. Do not leave the tools unse- cured inside the vehicle as they may come loose under braking.
5.41
ENG_UD63608_2 remorque : dépannage (X62 - Renault)
FITTING THE RADIO
1
2
If your vehicle is not fitted with an audio system, one can be fitted and locations have been provided for:
– radio ;
– front speakers 2 (depending on the vehicle).
To install any equipment, please consult an approved dealer.
Radio location 1
Unclip the blanking cover. The aerial, + and – supply and speaker wire connections are located behind it.
– In all cases, it is very important to follow the manufacturer’s instructions carefully.
– The specifications of the brackets and wires (available from our network) vary depending on the equipment level of your vehicle and the type of radio.
Consult an approved Dealer to find out the correct part number.
– No work may be carried out on the vehicle’s electrical or radio circuits, except by approved dealers: an incorrectly connected system may result in damage being caused to the electrical equipment and/or the components connected to it.
5.42
ENG_UD57075_1 pré-équipement radio (X62 - Renault)
Fitting a radio fitting a radio ..............................................
(current page) fitting a radio ..............................................
(current page) radio fitting a radio ........................................
(current page) speakers location ................................................
(current page)
ACCESSORIES
Electrical and electronic accessories
Before installing this type of accessory (particularly for transmitters/receivers: frequency bandwidth, power level, po- sition of the aerial, etc.), make sure it is compatible with your vehicle. You can get advice from an authorised dealer.
Before connecting an accessory to a socket, please ensure that you do not exceed the maximum power authorised for the socket
Fire hazard.
No work may be carried out on the vehicle’s electrical or radio circuits, except by authorised dealers: an incorrectly connected system may result in damage being caused to the electrical equipment and/or the components connected to it.
If the vehicle is fitted with any aftermarket electrical equipment, make sure that the installation is correctly protected by a fuse.
Establish the rating and position of this fuse.
Using the diagnostic socket
The use of electronic accessories on the diagnostic socket may cause serious disturbance to the vehicle’s electronic systems.
For your safety we recommend that you use only electronic accessories approved by the manufacturer, consult an Approved
Dealer. Serious accident risk .
Use of transmitting/receiving devices (telephones, CB equipment etc.).
Telephones and CB equipment with integrated aerials may cause interference to the electronic systems originally fitted to the vehicle: it is advisable only to use equipment with an external aerial. Furthermore, we remind you of the need to conform to the legislation in force concerning the use of such equipment.
Fitting aftermarket accessories
If you wish to install accessories on the vehicle: please contact an authorised dealer. Also, to ensure the correct operation of your vehicle, and to avoid any risk to your safety, we recommend that you use only accessories specifically designed for your vehicle, which are the only accessories for which the manufacturer will provide a warranty.
If you are using an anti-theft device, only attach it to the brake pedal.
Obstructions to the driver
On the driver’s side, only use mats suitable for the vehicle, attached with the pre-fitted components, and check the fitting regu- larly. Do not lay one mat on top of another. There is a risk of wedging the pedals.
5.43
ENG_UD76515_4
Accessoires (X62 - X98 - X87 - X82 - X07 - HFE - Renault)
Accessories accessories................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
OPERATING FAULTS (1/7)
The following advice will enable you to carry out quick, temporary repairs. For safety reasons you should always contact an approved dealer as soon as possible.
Using the remote control POSSIBLE CAUSES ACTION REQUIRED
The remote control does not lock or unlock the doors.
The remote control battery is flat.
Use the emergency key.
Use of appliances operating on the same frequency as the remote control (mobile phone, etc.).
Stop using the devices or use the key.
Vehicle located in a high electromagnetic radiation zone.
Discharged battery.
Replace the battery. You will still be able to
lock, unlock, and start your vehicle ➥ 1.10
The vehicle is started.
With the engine running, the key’s locking/ unlocking device is blocked. Turn off the ignition.
Desynchronisation of the remote control.
Unlock the driver’s door using the key in the door lock, then start the engine
to synchronise the remote control.
5.44
ENG_UD73464_5
Anomalies de fonctionnement (X62 - Renault)
OPERATING FAULTS (2/7)
The following advice will enable you to carry out quick, temporary repairs. For safety reasons you should always contact an approved dealer as soon as possible.
The starter is activated
Warning lights dim or fail to come on; the starter does not run.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Battery terminals disconnected, oxidised or incorrectly secured.
Battery discharged or worn.
WHAT TO DO
Contact an approved Dealer.
Connect another battery to the faulty bat- tery
➥ 5.32 or replace the battery if neces-
sary.
Do not push the vehicle if the steering column is locked.
The engine will not start.
The steering column remains locked.
Starting conditions are not fulfilled.
Steering wheel locked.
To unlock, turn the key and the steering
5.45
Operating faults operating faults ..........................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD73464_5
Anomalies de fonctionnement (X62 - Renault)
OPERATING FAULTS (3/7)
On the road
Vibrations.
Coolant boiling in the coolant reservoir.
Smoke under the bonnet.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Tyres not inflated to the correct pres- sure, incorrectly balanced or dam- aged.
The oil pressure warning light comes on: while cornering or braking is slow to go out or remains lit under acceleration
The level is too low.
Loss of oil pressure.
WHAT TO DO
Check the tyre pressures: if this is not the problem, have them checked by an ap- proved dealer.
Mechanical fault: damaged cylinder head gasket.
Short circuit or cooling system leak.
Stop the engine.
Contact an approved Dealer.
Stop, switch off the ignition, stand away from the vehicle and contact an approved dealer.
Top up the engine oil
Stop the vehicle and contact an approved
Dealer.
White smoke from the exhaust.
This is not necessarily a fault. Smoke may be caused by regeneration of the particle filter.
5.46
ENG_UD73464_5
Anomalies de fonctionnement (X62 - Renault)
OPERATING FAULTS (4/7)
On the road
Smoke under the vehicle when starting the heating.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
This is not necessarily a fault. The smoke may come from the heater.
If this happens, the smoke will grad- ually disappear once the passen- ger compartment temperature has reached the appropriate level.
WHAT TO DO
Steering becomes heavy.
The engine is overheating. The cool- ant temperature warning light and the
STOP warning light come on.
Assistance overheating.
Fault with the electric assistance motor.
Fault in the assistance system.
Drive carefully at reduced speed, be aware of the level of force in the steering wheel needed to turn the wheels. Consult an ap- proved dealer
Engine cooling fan not working.
Coolant leaks.
Stop the vehicle, switch off the engine and contact an approved Dealer.
Check the coolant reservoir: it should con- tain fluid. If there is no coolant, consult an approved Dealer as soon as possible.
Radiator: If there is a significant lack of coolant, remember that it must never be topped up using cold coolant while the engine is very warm. After any procedure on the vehicle which has involved even partial draining of the cooling system, it must be refilled with a new mixture prepared in the correct proportions. Reminder: only products approved by our Technical Department may be used for this purpose.
5.47
ENG_UD73464_5
Anomalies de fonctionnement (X62 - Renault)
OPERATING FAULTS (5/7)
Stopped
The engine cooling fan starts to run after the ignition is switched off.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
This is not necessarily a fault. The engine cooling fan group may start to run in order to regulate the engine temperature. This operation may last several minutes after the engine is switched off.
WHAT TO DO
The engine cooling fan runs for more than 10 minutes after the engine is switched off.
Consult an approved dealer.
5.48
ENG_UD73464_5
Anomalies de fonctionnement (X62 - Renault)
OPERATING FAULTS (6/7)
Electrical equipment
The wipers do not work.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Wiper blades stuck.
Faulty electrical circuit.
Fuse damaged.
The wiper does not stop.
Faulty electrical controls.
Direction indicators flashing more quickly.
Blown bulb.
Fuse damaged.
The direction indicators do not work.
Faulty electrical circuit or control.
Fuse damaged.
WHAT TO DO
Free the blades before using the wipers.
Consult an approved dealer.
Replace the fuse or have it replaced
Consult an approved dealer.
Replace the fuse or have it replaced
Consult an approved dealer.
Replace the fuse or have it replaced
5.49
ENG_UD73464_5
Anomalies de fonctionnement (X62 - Renault)
OPERATING FAULTS (7/7)
Electrical equipment
The lights do not come on or go off.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Faulty electrical circuit or control.
Fuse damaged.
Traces of condensation in the head- lights or rear lights.
Traces of condensation may be a nat- ural phenomenon caused by varia- tions in temperature and humidity.
In this situation, these traces soon dis- appear when the lights are switched on.
WHAT TO DO
Consult an approved dealer.
Replace the fuse or have it replaced
5.50
ENG_UD73464_5
Anomalies de fonctionnement (X62 - Renault)
Section 6: Technical specifications
6.1
ENG_UD77074_9
Sommaire 6 (NU 1033) (X62 - Renault)
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATES (1/2)
A
A
1
10
9
8
5
6
7
The information shown on the ve- hicle identification plate should be quoted on all correspondence or orders.
The presence and location of the information depends on the vehicle.
Vehicle identification plate A
1 Manufacturer name.
2 EC design number or approval number.
3 Identification number.
Depending on the vehicle, this information is also given on marking B.
4 MMAC (Maximum permissible all-up weight).
5 MTR (Gross train weight: vehicle fully loaded, with trailer).
6 MMTA (Maximum Permissible
Weight) front axle.
7 MMTA rear axle.
8 Reserved for related or additional entries.
9 Diesel exhaust emissions.
Depending on the vehicle, this in- formation is not indicated on the manufacturer’s plate but on the
engine smoke opacity label ➥ 2.7.
10 Paint reference (colour code).
6.2
ENG_UD76516_7
Plaques d’identification véhicule (X62 - Renault)
Vehicle identification plates technical specifications ..............................
(up to the end of the DU) vehicle identification ..................................
(up to the end of the DU) paint reference ..............................................
(current page) manufacturer’s plates ................................
(current page) vehicle identification plates ........................
(up to the end of the DU)
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATES (2/2)
B
C
To access the vehicle type and chas- sis number, unclip the covers C using a flat-blade screwdriver or similar.
ENG_UD76516_7
Plaques d’identification véhicule (X62 - Renault)
6.3
TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR THE EMERGENCY SERVICES
A A
The QR Code on the A label allows emergency workers using a tablet or smartphone to immediately access the technical information useful for working on the vehicle in the event of an acci- dent.
Note: on versions not fitted with a rear window, the A label is only present on the windscreen at the front.
Ensure that the A label is always visible and present on the windscreen as well as the rear screen.
Any modification or damage would prevent access to the information.
6.4
Technical Information for the emergency services
QR Code ...................................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD73455_1
Informations techniques pour les secours (X62 - X62 Ph2 - Renault)
ENGINE IDENTIFICATION
A
1 2
3
Please quote the engine identifica- tion information in area A in all cor- respondence or orders.
(Location varies depending on engine)
1 Engine type.
2 Engine suffix.
3 Engine serial number.
A
A
Engine identification engine identification ...................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD71285_3
Plaques d’identifications moteur (X62 - Renault)
6.5
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Versions
Engine type
(see engine plate)
Cubic capacity (cc)
Injection
Type of fuel
Octane rating
Fuel types that meet European standards and are compati- ble with the engines of vehicles sold in Europe (in any other case, contact an Approved Dealer).
Spark plugs
6.6
2.3 dCi
M9T
2 299
Diesel
Diesel
The label located in the fuel filler flap indicates the authorised fuels.
Diesel fuel compliant with standard EN 590 con- tains up to 7 % fatty acid methyl ester in volume.
Diesel fuel compliant with standard EN 16734 contains up to 10 % fatty acid methyl ester in volume.
Diesel fuel compliant with standard EN 15940 contains up to 7% acid methyl ester in volume.
–
ENG_UD60005_2
Caractéristiques moteur (commercialisation suivant pays) (X62 - Renault)
Engine specifications engine technical specifications ........................
(up to the end of the DU) engine specifications .................................
(up to the end of the DU)
DIMENSIONS (in metres) (1/2)
C
K
Z1
A
B
Q
D
H
E
G
Y
F
Z
J
6.7
Dimensions technical specifications ..............................
(up to the end of the DU) turning circle ..............................................
(up to the end of the DU) dimensions ................................................
(up to the end of the DU) ground clearance .......................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD63818_2 dimensions (en mètres) (X62 - Renault)
Y
Z
K
Q
G
H
J
Z1
C
D
A
B
E
F
DIMENSIONS (in metres) (2/2)
Complete vehicles without recent alterations
Short (L1) Average (L2) Medium (L2.5)
3,182
5,075
1,730
2,222 → 2,500
0,546 → 0,560
0,189 → 0,196
1,700 → 1,894
1,627
2,583
3,682
5,575
4,006
5,994
0,869
1,580
1,024
1,750
2,256 → 2,745
0,543 → 0,787
0,166 → 0,185
1,894 → 2,144
1,820
3,083
1,730 → 1,860
2,470
2,256 → 2,261
0,735 → 0,740
0,166
-
-
-
-
Long (L3)
3,682 → 4,332
6,225
1,024 → 1,674
1,612 → 1,730
Long (L4)
4,332
6,875
1,575 → 1,674
1,612
2,270 → 2,815
0,542 → 0,775
2,267 → 2,808
0,700 → 0,789
0,166 → 0,208 0,166 → 0,178
1,798 → 2,048
1,580
1,724 → 1,820 1,724
3,733 4,383
6.8
ENG_UD63818_2 dimensions (en mètres) (X62 - Renault)
WEIGHTS (in kg)
The weights indicated are for a basic vehicle without options: they vary depending on the your vehicle’s equipment.
Contact an approved dealer.
Maximum Permissible Laden Weight
(MMAC)
Gross Train Weight (MTR)
Braked Towing Weight* (MRF)
Unbraked Trailer Weight*
Permissible nose weight*
Maximum permissible load on roof
Weights indicated on the vehicle identification plate (
found by calculating: Gross Train Weight MTR -
Maximum Permissible Laden Weight MMAC
750
Versions with Braked
Towing Weight MRF less than 2.5 tonnes
Versions with Braked
Towing Weight MRF between 2.5 and 3 tonnes
Versions with Braked
Towing Weight MRF between 3 and 3.5 tonnes
100 120
Standard roof version: 200
Combi version and High roof van version: prohibited
140
* Towing weight (Towing a caravan, boat, etc.)
Towing is prohibited when the MTR - MMAC calculation is equal to zero, or when the MTR is equal to zero (or is not listed) on the identification plate.
– It is important to comply with the towing weights, governed by local legislation in each country and, in particular, laid down in the Road Traffic Regulations. Contact an approved Dealer about any towing equipment.
– For vehicles fitted with a trailer, the total train weight (vehicle + trailer) must never be exceeded.
However the following is tolerated:
– rear MMTA exceeded by no more than 15%;
– maximum MMAC exceeded by no more than 10% or 100 kg (whichever is reached first).
In either case, the maximum speed of the vehicle and trailer must not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h), depending on local legislation, and the tyre pressure must be increased by 0.2 bar (3 PSI).
– The engine output and climbing capability are reduced with altitude. We recommend that the maximum load be reduced by 10% at an altitude of 1,000 metres and by an additional 10% for each 1,000 metres thereafter.
6.9
ENG_UD76517_3
Masses (en kg) (X62 - Renault)
Weights technical specifications ..............................
(up to the end of the DU) towing weights ...........................................
(up to the end of the DU) weights ......................................................
(up to the end of the DU) towing towing a caravan ..................................
(up to the end of the DU)
REPLACEMENT PARTS AND REPAIRS
Original parts are based on strict specifications and are subject to highly-specialised tests. Therefore, they are of at least the same level of quality as the parts fitted originally.
If you always fit genuine replacement parts to your vehicle, you will ensure that it performs well. Furthermore, repairs carried out within the manufacturer’s Network using original parts are guaranteed according to the conditions set out on the reverse of the repair order.
6.10
Replacement parts and repairs technical specifications ..............................
(up to the end of the DU) replacement parts ......................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD57084_1
Pièces de rechange et réparations (X62 - Renault)
SERVICE SHEETS (1/6)
VIN: ...................................................................................
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
ENG_UD57085_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X62 - Renault)
Service sheets
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
6.11
service sheets............................................
(up to the end of the DU) maintenance: mechanical ...........................................
(up to the end of the DU) maintenance: mileage before service .........................
(up to the end of the DU)
SERVICE SHEETS (2/6)
VIN: ...................................................................................
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
6.12
ENG_UD57085_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X62 - Renault)
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
SERVICE SHEETS (3/6)
VIN: ...................................................................................
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
ENG_UD57085_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X62 - Renault)
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
6.13
SERVICE SHEETS (4/6)
VIN: ...................................................................................
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
6.14
ENG_UD57085_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X62 - Renault)
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
SERVICE SHEETS (5/6)
VIN: ...................................................................................
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
ENG_UD57085_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X62 - Renault)
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
6.15
SERVICE SHEETS (6/6)
VIN: ...................................................................................
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (km): Invoice number:
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anticorrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
6.16
ENG_UD57085_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X62 - Renault)
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
Comments/miscellaneous
ANTICORROSION CHECK (1/6)
If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.
VIN: ..........................................................
Corrosion repair operation to be carried out:
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out: Stamp
Date of repair:
Anticorrosion check anti-corrosion check ..................................
(up to the end of the DU)
ENG_UD57086_1
Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X62 - BFB - KFB - Renault)
6.17
ANTICORROSION CHECK (2/6)
If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.
VIN: ..........................................................
Corrosion repair operation to be carried out:
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out: Stamp
Date of repair:
6.18
ENG_UD57086_1
Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X62 - BFB - KFB - Renault)
ANTICORROSION CHECK (3/6)
If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.
VIN: ..........................................................
Corrosion repair operation to be carried out:
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out: Stamp
Date of repair:
ENG_UD57086_1
Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X62 - BFB - KFB - Renault)
6.19
ANTICORROSION CHECK (4/6)
If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.
VIN: ..........................................................
Corrosion repair operation to be carried out:
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out: Stamp
Date of repair:
6.20
ENG_UD57086_1
Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X62 - BFB - KFB - Renault)
ANTICORROSION CHECK (5/6)
If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.
VIN: ..........................................................
Corrosion repair operation to be carried out:
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out: Stamp
Date of repair:
ENG_UD57086_1
Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X62 - BFB - KFB - Renault)
6.21
ANTICORROSION CHECK (6/6)
If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.
VIN: ..........................................................
Corrosion repair operation to be carried out:
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out: Stamp
Date of repair:
6.22
ENG_UD57086_1
Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X62 - BFB - KFB - Renault)
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (1/5)
A
ABS ............................................................................
access
vehicle ................................................................................ 0.2
accessories............................................................................. 5.43
accessories socket ................................................................. 3.22
additional systems to the seat belts........................................ 1.35
adjusting the seats.................................................................. 1.23
adjusting your driving position ................................................ 1.23
advice on antipollution ............................................................ 2.17
air bag activating the front passenger air bags .................
air bag.........................................................................
air conditioning .............................................................
air vents ........................................................................... 3.2 – 3.3
airbag front passenger airbag deactivation .....................
airbags ..................................................................................... 0.6
anti-corrosion check ...................................................
anti-corrosion protection ......................................................... 4.15
anti-lock braking system: ABS ....................................
antipollution
advice ............................................................................... 2.17
ashtrays .................................................................................. 3.22
audible and visual signals......................................................1.119
automatic gearbox selector lever................................
automatic locking of the doors while driving ........................... 1.12
B battery breakdown recovery .............................................
battery.............................................................................. 0.8, 4.13
blind spot warning signal ............................................
blind spot: warning signal ...........................................
bonnet....................................................................................... 4.2
brake fluid ................................................................................. 4.8
breakdown recovery ................................................................ 0.9
bulbs changing ...........................................
C capacity of mechanical components.............................
central door locking ................................
changing a bulb ......................................
changing a wheel.............................
changing gear ......................................................................... 2.19
child restraint/seat ...
1.34, 1.37 – 1.38, 1.42 → 1.67, 1.80 → 1.82
child safety.................
0.3, 1.37 – 1.38, 1.42 → 1.67, 1.80 → 1.82
child seats...............................................
children ................................................................. 0.3, 1.37 – 1.38
cigar lighter ............................................................................. 3.22
cleaning:
inside the vehicle ................................................... 4.18 – 4.19
clock ........................................................................ 1.107 – 1.108
control instruments ........................................
controls ..................................................................................... 0.4
coolant .................................................................................... 1.95
courtesy light ................................................................. 3.19, 5.26
cruise control ...................................................
cruise control-speed limiter..............................
D
dashboard................................................................................. 0.4
deadlocking the doors .............................................................. 1.7
demisting windscreen ......................................................
dimensions ...................................................................... 6.7 – 6.8
dipstick............................................................................. 4.4 – 4.5
display ...........................................................
doors........................................................ 1.13 – 1.14, 1.17 – 1.18
0.5, 2.30 → 2.35, 2.43 → 2.48, 2.73 → 2.75
driver’s position ...................................................
7.1
FRA_UD77075_9
Index (NU 1033) (X62 - Renault)
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (2/5) driving ...................
0.5, 2.2, 2.15, 2.24 → 2.38, 2.56, 2.73 → 2.75
driving aids ...............
0.5, 2.30 → 2.35, 2.43 → 2.48, 2.73 → 2.75
driving position
settings ............................................................................... 0.3
driving recommendations ...........................................
E
ECO driving ................................................................
ECO mode .............................................................................. 2.13
electric beam height adjustment ...............................1.117 – 1.118
electric windows .......................................................... 3.17 – 3.18
electronic stability control: ESC ..................................
emergency active braking...........................................
emergency brake assist..............................................
emergency braking .....................................................
emergency call ...........................................................
emergency spare wheel .................................................. 5.2 – 5.3
engine
technical specifications ....................................................... 6.6
engine coolant .......................................................................... 4.9
engine identification ........................................................... 0.7, 6.5
engine oil ........................................................................
engine oil level .......................................................
engine specifications ................................................................ 6.6
environment ............................................................................ 2.18
ESC: electronic stability control ..................................
external lights and signals ......................................
external temperature ............................................... 1.107 – 1.108
F faults
operating faults ............................................. 1.102, 2.33, 2.75
filling with reagent ...................................................
filter
particle filter ........................................................................ 2.8
7.2
fitting a radio ........................................................................... 5.42
foot panel ................................................................................ 5.39
front passenger air bag deactivation ..........................
front seat adjustment .............................................................. 1.20
front seats ............................................................................... 1.20
fuel advice on fuel .......................................................
consumption .........................................................
filling .................................................................
quality ............................................................................. 1.120
fuel consumption ........................................................
fuel filler cap ....................................................
fuel grade.............................................................................. 1.121
fuel level ................................................................................. 1.95
fuel repriming ..........................................................
fuel tank ..................................................................
fuel tank capacity .................................................................. 1.120
fuses ....................................................................
G gear lever...........................................................
grab handle.................................................................. 3.20 – 3.21
grip control .............................................................................. 2.28
ground clearance ............................................................. 6.7 – 6.8
H
handbrake............................................................................... 2.20
handsfree......................................................................... 1.8 – 1.9
hazard warning lights signal ..................................................1.119
headlight beam adjustment ......................................1.117 – 1.118
headrest.................................................................................. 1.19
heated seats ........................................................................... 1.20
heating and air conditioning system .............
heating system ...........................................
Hill Start Assist............................................................
HSA: Hill Start Assistance ..................................................... 2.29
FRA_UD77075_9
Index (NU 1033) (X62 - Renault)
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (3/5)
hubcap tool ............................................................5.4, 5.11 – 5.12
I
idle speed ............................................................................... 2.66
ignition switch ........................................................................... 2.2
indicators ...............................................................................1.119
indicators:
direction indicators ...........................................................1.119
instrument panel ................
1.90 → 1.95, 1.98 → 1.103, 1.105
instrument panel ...............................
instrument panel messages .....................
interior lighting:
changing bulbs ................................................................. 5.26
interior trim
maintenance .......................................................... 4.18 – 4.19
J
jack ........................................................................................... 5.4
K keys ................................................................................
L lane departure warning ...............................................
levels ........................................................................................ 0.8
levels:
brake fluid ........................................................................... 4.8
coolant ................................................................................ 4.9
power-assisted steering pump .......................................... 4.10
lifting the vehicle changing a wheel ..................................
lighting
exterior ................................................................................ 0.2
lighting:
exterior ................................................................1.117 – 1.118
interior ............................................................................... 3.19
lights
adjustment ..........................................................1.117 – 1.118
lights:
adjusting .............................................................1.117 – 1.118
brake lights ............................................................ 5.24 – 5.25
daytime running lights ............................................ 5.21 – 5.22
dipped beam headlights .....................1.112, 5.21 – 5.22, 5.24
direction indicators ................................................. 5.21 – 5.22
fog lights ........................................................................... 5.24
hazard warning ................................................................. 5.24
main beam headlights .................................1.113, 5.21 – 5.22
reversing lights ................................................................. 5.24
side lights .....................................................1.112, 5.21 – 5.22
lights: replacement of bulbs
side indicator lights ........................................................... 5.23
lights-on warning buzzer........................................................1.113
locking the doors ...............................
M
maintenance ........................................................................... 2.17
maintenance: bodywork ..............................................................
interior trim ............................................................. 4.18 – 4.19
mechanical ...........................................................
mileage before service ..............................
manufacturer’s plates ............................................................... 6.2
methods of restraint in addition to the front seat belts 1.30 → 1.34
mileage before service ......................................................... 1.101
multifunction screen................................................................ 2.32
N
navigation system ................................ 1.107 – 1.108, 3.15 – 3.16
O
oil change ............................................................. 1.101, 4.6 – 4.7
operating faults ..............................
1.102, 2.33, 2.75, 5.45 → 5.50
7.3
FRA_UD77075_9
Index (NU 1033) (X62 - Renault)
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (4/5)
P paint maintenance .........................................................
reference ............................................................................ 6.2
parking distance control..............................................
pedestrian detection ...................................................
power-assisted steering.......................................................... 1.83
puncture..................................
0.9, 5.2 → 5.10, 5.13 → 5.15, 5.17
Q
QR Code .................................................................................. 6.4
R radio
fitting a radio ..................................................................... 5.42
radio frequency remote control/key
use ............................................................................. 1.5 – 1.6
reagent (tank) .....................................
reagent tank........................................
rear bench seat...........................................................
rear view camera ......................................................... 2.63 – 2.64
rear view mirrors ................................................... 0.2, 1.84 – 1.85
remote control door locking
batteries ................................................................. 5.35 – 5.36
remote control door locking unit .....................................
replacement parts ................................................................... 6.10
reverse gear
selecting .................................................................. 2.19, 2.69
roof bars ................................................................................. 3.35
roof rack
roof bars ........................................................................... 3.35
running in .................................................................................. 2.2
S screen wash/wipe ...................................................
seat belt pretensioners front seat belt ........................................................
seat belts ....................................................
seats ......................................................................................... 0.3
see-me-home lighting ............................................................1.113
sequential gearbox .....................................................
service sheets.............................................................
signals and lights ....................................................
speakers
location ............................................................................. 5.42
special features of diesel versions............................................ 2.7
speed limiter ....................................................
spoiler ..................................................................................... 3.35
starting the engine .................................................................... 2.3
steering wheel
adjustment ........................................................................ 1.83
Stop & Start ....................................................................
Stop & Start function.......................................................
stopping the engine .................................................................. 2.3
storage compartment..................................................
storage compartments ................................................
storage/organisation ................................................................. 0.3
sun visor ...................................................................... 3.20 – 3.21
T
tailgate .................................................................................... 3.32
tanks and reservoirs:
windscreen washer ........................................................... 4.10
technical specifications .................................
temperature regulation ................................................ 3.13 – 3.14
tool kit ....................................................................................... 5.4
towing
breakdown ............................................................. 5.40 – 5.41
driving ............................................................................... 2.27
towing a caravan ................................................................ 6.9
towing .............................................................................. 0.9, 3.32
7.4
FRA_UD77075_9
Index (NU 1033) (X62 - Renault)
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (5/5)
towing hitch............................................................................... 5.4
towing rings ................................................................
towing weights .......................................................................... 6.9
traction control ............................................................
transporting children .........
1.37 – 1.38, 1.42 → 1.67, 1.80 → 1.82
transporting objects in the luggage compartment .................................
trims ..............................................................................5.11 – 5.12
trip computer and warning system............................
turning circle .................................................................... 6.7 – 6.8
tyre inflation kit..............................................................
tyre pressure.........................
0.7, 1.102, 2.36 → 2.38, 4.11 – 4.12
tyre pressure loss warning..........................................
tyre pressures ...............................................................4.11 – 4.12
tyres ...........................
0.2, 2.36 → 2.38, 4.11 – 4.12, 5.18 → 5.20
U unlocking the doors ......................................................
use in winter ........................................................................... 5.20
V vehicle detection .........................................................
vehicle identification ................................................. 0.7, 6.2 – 6.3
vehicle identification plates ....................................... 0.7, 6.2 – 6.3
vehicle range .......................................................................... 1.99
ventilation
air conditioning .......................................................... 3.2 – 3.3
ventilation .................................................................... 3.13 – 3.14
W
warning buzzer ............................................................ 1.13 – 1.14
warning lights...........................
1.90 → 1.95, 1.98 → 1.103, 1.105
washing ......................................................................
weights ..................................................................................... 6.9
wheelbrace ............................................................................... 5.4
wheels (safety) ...........................................................
windows ................................................................ 0.2, 3.17 – 3.18
wiper blades .................................................................... 0.9, 5.39
7.5
FRA_UD77075_9
Index (NU 1033) (X62 - Renault)
7.6
ENG_UD57089_1
Filler NU (X62 - Renault)
RENAULT S.A.S. SOCIÉTÉ PAR ACTIONS SIMPLIFIÉE AU CAPITAL DE 533 941 113 € / 13-15, QUAI LE GALLO
92100 BOULOGNE-BILLANCOURT R.C.S. NANTERRE 780 129 987 — SIRET 780 129 987 03591 / renaultgroup.com
NU 1327-8 – 99 91 053 69S – 03/2022 – Edition anglaise
à999105369Sòïëä
45
Download
Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated. You may view and manage your chat links after registration here.
Document public link
Advertisement